user manual
vol. 3 rendering
An
Company
Release 8.0
____________________________________
User Manual
Rendering
© 1993-2009 solidThinking Inc.
Part N. 80-25041-10301
Copyright © 1993-2009 solidThinking, Inc. All rights reserved.
solidThinking™ and renderThinking™ are trademarks of solidThinking, Inc. All other trademarks or servicemarks are
the property of their respective owners.
This documentation and the software program are copyright solidThinking, Inc. and your rights are subject to the
limitations and restrictions imposed by the copyright laws. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a
retrieval system, or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or
otherwise, or disclosed to a third party, without the prior written permission of solidThinking, Inc.
solidThinking, Inc. reserves the right to make changes in specifications at any time and without notice. Parts of this
documentation are copyright LightWork Design Ltd. 1990-2009 ©. solidThinking Inc. provides this publication “as is”
without warranty of any kind, either expressed or implied.
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Rendering – Volume 3
Section 5
Rendering in solidThinking
5.1
Shaders
Shader Classes
5.2
5.3
Materials
1
7
8
13
Creating Materials
15
Materials Library
20
Materials Browser
22
Creating Libraries
24
Browse for a Library
26
Editing and Adding Tags
27
Assigning Materials
29
Merging Materials
30
Editing Materials
31
Materials Components
32
Color
33
Reflectance
105
Transparency
147
Displacement
161
Textures
229
The Texture Coordinate System
231
Texture Space Shaders Description
232
solidThinking User Manual
iii
Table of Contents
5.4
5.5
Texture Placement
245
Interactive Texturing
255
Lights
263
Light Source types
264
New Light
266
Assigning a Light Shader
269
Saving Light Settings
271
Editing Light Settings
272
Shadows
273
Controlling Shadow Production for Each Object
275
Light Shaders
276
The Camera
303
New Camera
5.6
304
Backgrounds and Foregrounds
309
Background Shaders
311
Foreground Shaders
325
5.7
Sketch Styles
341
5.8
Radiosity
355
5.9
How the Radiosity Technique Works
357
Computing Radiosity Values
358
Defining Lights for Radiosity
359
Defining Materials
364
Final Gather
366
Ambient Occlusion
371
5.10 Feature Following Anti Aliasing
375
5.11 Depth of Field
378
5.12 Lens Flares
380
5.13 Image Output Formats
383
5.14 Rendering the scene
391
The Render Options Panel
iv
395
solidThinking User Manual
Table of Contents
The Renderings Browser
397
Interreflections
398
Creating an Image Step by Step
399
Rendering Hints
402
5.15 Realtime Shading
405
Assigning Materials to an Object in a Scene
407
Modifying the Light Intensity or Shadow Direction
408
Realtime Shaded Method Parameters
409
5.16 Progressive Rendering
Glossary
Shortcuts for Macintosh
Shortcuts for Windows
solidThinking User Manual
413
415
423
429
v
Table of Contents
vi
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering in solidThinking
Section 5
Rendering in
solidThinking
solidThinking User Manual
1
Section 5
2
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering in solidThinking
5
Rendering in
solidThinking
This section describes how to render realistic images using the
advanced shading techniques available in the renderThinking
rendering module. solidThinking uses renderThinking as the
main rendering engine but it is open to support other renderers,
including RenderMan compliant renderers.
Included are details connected to shaded rendering: from scanline rendering, use of shaders and shader libraries to texturing,
materials, environment mapping and ray tracing.
Shading can produce images that are much easier to understand
compared to line-drawn images, which are familiar to engineers
but not to managers and other non-technical people. The
shading of geometry according to its orientation to the light
sources in a scene provides the viewer with important visual
clues to the arrangement of the objects in three-dimensional
space, even though they are rendered onto a two-dimensional
image.
solidThinking User Manual
3
Section 5
The simplest form of shading provided in renderThinking is
Flat shading, where the orientation of a surface to the light
source(s) is established, and the whole surface then shaded
lighter if the surface is facing toward light sources, darker if
facing away. Even though this method leads to images that
appear to contain solid, three-dimensional objects, geometry is
ultimately represented as flat polygons; therefore this simplistic
method of shading results in images in which the facets of the
geometry are apparent.
Two more sophisticated shading methods are Gouraud shading
and Phong shading. The Gouraud method ‘smoothes’ the
shading using a linear interpolation between the vertices,
providing a good approximation of smooth matte surfaces. The
Phong method, on the other hand, mimics the effects of
highlights by interpolating the normal vector of the surface
between the vertices, and then using this normal as the starting
point for a new shading calculation at each pixel. This latter
method gives a good approximation of smooth surfaces that can
exhibit specular highlights.
Antialiasing techniques are also available to reduce the jagged
appearance of silhouettes and texture patterns, by area-sampling
for each pixel, so as to deduce an average color for each pixel
which is representative of all of the geometry and patterning
contained within the area of the pixel.
It is also possible attaching a texture to a surface during this
rendering process, which is often a good technique for adding
realism to a scene. This can be done in one of two ways: 1) an
image can be scanned into an image file in some way, and then
applied to a surface with a given orientation and (image texture
mapping); 2) a texture can be defined in a mathematical way, so
that a procedure can be used to establish what the correct color
of a given point on the surface would be (procedural texture).
Mirror-like reflections are another way of making images look
much more realistic. These can also be simulated in two ways.
4
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering in solidThinking
A first technique is similar to texture mapping and is called
environment mapping: a virtual image created by the software is
used to simulate the environment surrounding the geometry.
A second technique for handling reflectivity of surfaces is to use
a technique known as ray tracing. This involves tracing the path
of light rays from the view point as they bounce off the surface
and travel toward other objects in the scene in order to establish
the origin of each ray. It is possible to render a whole scene
using only ray tracing, rather than any scan-line techniques: the
disadvantage of such an approach, however, is that the
technique is computationally intensive, and often slower than
scan-line algorithms. renderThinking allows you to set the
number of interreflections computed when you use the raytrace
method. The higher the number, the slower the computation
(see, for more details, 5.13 Interreflections). In renderThinking
it is also possible to mix scan-line and ray-tracing techniques,
using scan-line algorithms for visibility calculations and raytracing merely to handle reflections, refractions or shadows
when required.
Introduction
Any number of light sources can be positioned within the threedimensional scene along with the objects of interest, so as to
produce shading and shadows which are representative of
particular lighting conditions. These light sources can be
specified as having particular intensities and colors, such as:
point lights, which radiate light equally in all directions; distant
lights for modeling sunlight; spot lights which produce a
directional cone of light.
It is also possible to represent transparent materials, but which
alter the color of objects seen through them, and may reflect a
portion of the light incident on them, thus giving them a shiny
appearance.
Patterns can be attached to objects which are matte or shiny,
small undulations to the surface can be applied to any object,
regardless of its color, reflectivity or transparency, and so on.
solidThinking User Manual
5
Section 5
A mechanism is provided whereby the overall appearance of an
object is specified in terms of a ‘material’ definition.
A material definition is made up of several components,
specifying such matters as the reflectivity, transparency, color,
texture, and so on. These material definitions can be associated
with any number of objects, and the individual shader
components can be used in any number of material definitions,
so that the appearance of all the geometry in a whole scene can
quickly be built up from a library of shader components.
Radiosity
based light simulation is also available in
renderThinking, and it is described in a separate section.
Radiosity gives a stunning level of realism due to its accurate
simulation of diffuse lighting conditions.
renderThinking also provides a mechanism for performing
post-processing operations on images once rendered. This is
achieved by rendering into a screen buffer, upon which postprocessing is done before outputting in the normal way. Various
effects can be achieved using image post-processing, such as
lens flare, depth of field, and contrast adjustment.
The Sketch rendering method is used to create stylised
presentations. In contrast to photorealistic rendering, the aim of
Sketch rendering is not to use the computer to produce an image
which looks as close as possible to a photograph, but, instead, to
use the computer to produce an image which is more like a
pencil sketch, ink drawing, or painting.
Final Gather is a technique that can be used with or without
Radiosity and which will calculate the effects of diffuse
secondary illumination (i.e. bounced light) in a scene. It
involves computing the incoming illumination at various points
in a scene and storing this data in a cache. Information stored in
the cache is then used to determine how illumination from other
parts of the scene contribute to the illumination at the point being
shaded. Thanks to Final Gather extremely accurate and well-lit
images can be produced very quickly.
6
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Shaders
5.1
Shaders
renderThinking uses shaders for the purpose of evaluating
specific shading calculations and, consequently, defining the
appearance of the objects.
A shader can be defined as a C-code function that is provided
with some data which defines its operating environment in the
form of input variables. Based upon these variables, a result is
calculated and communicated back to the renderer by means of
output variables.
Simply stated, it is a collection of information describing all the
surface peculiarities of an object.
A shader can be controlled precisely by means of arguments
that define its specific function. Shaders can have zero, one or
more arguments and these may each be of a simple or composite
data type, including integers, floating point values, colors,
vectors and enumerations.
A shader can be seen as a ‘black box’, which is expected to
perform some computations and provide its results to the
rendering subsystem unseen by the user, via a number of global
variables.
solidThinking User Manual
7
Section 5
Shader Classes
There are different classes of shaders, each usable in a particular
circumstance and for a specific purpose. Here is a brief
description of these classes:
Color Source Shader
A color source shader is used to define the color of a surface at
any point in space. It may be as simple as a plain color (which
specifies all parts of the surface to have a uniform color), or it
may define complex surface patterns such as marble or wood.
Every surface must have a color source shader associated with
it, and for a given surface its color source shader will only be
called for those pixels (if any) at which the surface is known to
be visible.
Reflectance Model Shader
The behavior of a surface in the presence of light is represented
by a reflectance model shader that defines how much light is
reflected by the surface towards the viewer. Thus, this result
depends upon both the material properties of the surface and the
lighting environment that illuminates the surface.
Unlike the color source shaders that specify the pure color of a
surface and are therefore independent of any light sources,
reflectance model shaders must account for each light source in
calculating their results. Shaders of this type may be thought of
as defining a surface’s “finish” and are used to model
reflectance properties such as matte, metal and plastic.
8
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Shaders
Transparency Source Shader
Similarly to the color source shader that specifies the color of a
surface, a transparency source is used to define how transparent
or opaque a surface is, and thus how much light is able to pass
through it. Internally, the rendering engine records
transparencies as color values - which may be thought of as
representing filters - and this enables complex surface effects to
be created.
Transparency source shaders range from a simple plain uniform
transparency to more complex regular or irregular eroded
patterns that would be difficult to represent using modeling
techniques.
Displacement Shader
Small surface perturbations can be supported by means of
displacement shaders. Typically, a displacement shader will
give an irregular or indented appearance to an otherwise smooth
surface by modifying the surface normal vector that is used in
subsequent shading calculations.
Displacement shaders are used to represent features that would
be difficult, impossible or inefficient if conventional modeling
techniques were used. For example, rough metal castings and
the regular indentations produced by pressed sheet metal can be
simulated.
solidThinking User Manual
9
Section 5
Texture Space Shader
Texture space shaders are a little different from other classes of
shader since the contribution that they make to the final
intensity of pixels is less obvious. Their effect, upon perceived
pixel intensities, is indirect rather than direct, since they serve to
modify the environment within which color source, reflectance
model, transparency source and displacement shaders operate.
These latter four shader classes may opt to perform their
calculations based upon a two-dimensional coordinate system
known as texture space, and it is this coordinate system which is
defined by a texture space shader.
Texture space shaders are used to ‘wrap’ the effects of shaders
of other classes around surfaces in predefined ways. Planar,
cylindrical and spherical mappings can all be supported.
Light Source Shader
Light sources are supported internally using a similar
mechanism to the other shader classes. A light source shader
defines which and how much light falls onto a surface.
Examples of light source types are ambient lights (which
illuminate all surfaces equally regardless of their orientation),
distant lights (which radiate light in a single direction), point
lights (which radiate light in all directions), and spot lights
(which cast a cone of light from a specified point and in a
specific direction).
Emission Shader
Emission shaders are defined by geometry and material.
Examples of emission shaders are Area light sources or Portal
lights, i.e. parallel light from a distant source, coming through a
window.
10
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Shaders
Background Shader
For those pixels or parts of pixels that are not covered by any
objects, intensity is specified by means of a background shader.
A background shader may be as simple as one providing a
single, uniform color, as well as one producing graduated and
complex patterns.
A background shader can also be used to perform simple
compositing functions by overlaying the computed image on top
of a previously computed image or a scanned photograph.
Foreground Shader
The foreground shader class enables post-processing operations
to be applied to the image during the shading pipeline.
Foreground shaders may be used to simulate atmospheric
effects such as fog, or depth cueing. They may also be used in
combination with background shaders to perform compositing
operations.
Post-processing Shader
Post-processing shaders work on image data which has already
been “rendered” into the screen buffer. The data in this buffer
can then be manipulated to produce certain effects, such as lens
flare and depth of field.
Sketch Style Shader
Sketch rendering is used to create stylised presentations. Styles
available include cartoon, pencil, ink and various paint effects.
In contrast to photorealistic rendering, the aim of Sketch
rendering is not to use the computer to produce an image which
looks as close as possible to a photograph, but, instead, to use
the computer to produce an image which is more like a pencil
sketch, ink drawing, or painting. Sketch rendering allows you to
solidThinking User Manual
11
Section 5
communicate different aspects of your designs, to different
people, at different stages of the design process.
Global Environment
The environment shaders allow you to define an environment by
using one of the following methods: auto, angular map, cube
map, fixed cross map, infinite cross map, latitude longitude
map, or sphere map.
12
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Shaders
5.2
Materials
The information, which defines how an object will appear in
shaded rendering methods, is specified by its material. A
material may be assigned to any number of objects
simultaneously.
With shaded rendering methods, the appearance of an object is
basically derived from four independent shaders:
• color source,
• reflectance model,
• transparency source,
• displacement function.
Shaders that make up a material are known as its components.
This model provides a highly flexible and versatile environment
for the specification of material properties. Each component
makes an independent contribution to a material’s appearance,
and consequently, each performs a specific function. Combining
simple shading functions into each material can represent
complex properties.
solidThinking User Manual
13
Section 5
14
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Materials
Creating Materials
Creating materials requires you to first open the Shading panel
by using either the Managers4Shading command or the Ctrl
+ 3 shortcut.
Once opened, the Shading panel displays six tabs, Surface,
Light, Image, Rendering, Output, and Globals, in the upper
left corner.
To create materials applicable to objects, select the Surface tab:
The Shader tree column on the left lists the shader types:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
solidThinking User Manual
Color
Reflectance
Transparency
Displacement
Texture space
Emission
Filter Stage
Radiosity Refinement
15
Section 5
•
•
•
Facet Refinement
Properties
ArchVision RPC
The name of the shader assigned is displayed between [square
brackets]. <None> indicates that no shader of that class is
currently assigned.
To assign a shader, just press the right mouse button when you
are over a shader class: a pop-up menu is displayed, allowing
you to scroll through the list of available shaders for that class.
For example, press the right mouse button (Apple key + mouse
button on Mac) over the Color class and select “blue marble”.
When you find the shader you want to use, left click: the name
of the chosen shader is displayed, instead of <None>, in the
square brackets. In our example, you will see “blue marble”.
16
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Materials
In the middle of the panel, the Parameters column lists the
shader arguments, which you can change to customize the
shader. Depending on the number of arguments a shader has,
the list may or may not be scrollable.
As we have said before, Color, Reflectance, Transparency, and
Displacement shaders are the four possible components of a
material. Obviously, you do not always need to use all of them
to define a material.
The Texture space shader class allows you to define the texture
space when one of the four components above includes a
wrapped texture. Texture mapping will be examined later in a
specific paragraph.
In the Emission shader class you only find Area light. This can
be used exclusively with Radiosity. Please refer to the Radiosity
paragraph for details on how to use this powerful shader.
The Filter Stage shader class adds extra anti-aliasing during
scan line rendering.
solidThinking User Manual
17
Section 5
The Radiosity Refinement shader class provides information
about how radiosity is to be calculated.
The Facet Refinement shader class provides information about
how NURBs surfaces are approximated by a polygonal mesh.
The ArchVision RPC shader class represents and controls an
ArchVision Rich Photorealistic Content (RPC).
On the top right of the panel, the Object and Resolution pop-up
menus allow you to define the preview object shown in the
preview window.
You can choose among:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
18
None
Current camera
Current object
Sphere (default)
Cylinder
Cube
XY plane
XZ plane
YZ plane
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Materials
Note: When you choose the Current camera option, solidThinking
updates in real time the Preview window at any modification of
what the current camera sees. You should remember that this could
slow down operations. Use it when needed.
Similarly, you can set the Resolution. Options are:
•
•
•
Fine,
Medium,
Coarse.
Use the text field on the far right of the panel to change size of
the preview object.
By default, the title bar of the Shading panel contains the
following text:
Shading - <None>/<None>
The first argument is a placeholder for the material library name
and the second argument is a placeholder for the material name.
For instance, if you select a new material from the Materials
browser, the Shading panel title bar changes to reflect the
material that you selected. In the image below, std is the library
name and 8000K_Hi is the material name.
solidThinking User Manual
19
Section 5
The Materials Library
solidThinking allows you to save any material you create and
store it in the extensible Materials library so that it can be
quickly retrieved for any successive use.
How to use
1. To save any new material, press the Save As button on the
bottom right of the Shading panel.
The New Element dialog is displayed:
2. Enter a new category name or choose an existing category
from the upper-most drop-down list.
3. Enter a name for the material in the Enter the material name
field and click OK.
4. The Shading panel title bar displays the name of the new
material.
5. You will find the new material in the Materials browser
under the category that you saved it to. If you created a new
category, that is also listed in the Material browser.
20
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Materials
Note: when naming groups and materials, follow some rules to
ease retrieving operations and to avoid chaos in the Materials
library.
To delete a material from a library:
1. Open the Material browser (Managers4Materials
browser command) and select the material you want to
delete. A red square surrounds the selected material.
2. Click Delete at the top of the Material browser to remove
the material from the library.
solidThinking User Manual
21
Section 5
Materials Browser
The Materials browser allows you to categorize and manage
materials in solidThinking using categories and tags. From the
Managers menu, select Materials browser, or use the Alt + 4
shortcut.
The upper-most drop down menu allows you to create a New
library, Browse for library, or select an existing library.
At the bottom of the browser are four buttons: New, Edit,
Delete and Categories (when the Categories tab is active).
When the Tags tab is selected, the Tags button appears at the
bottom of the browser instead of the Categories button.
New allows you to create a new material and displays the
Shading panel when selected. From the Shading panel, you
can create new materials. See Creating Materials and The
Materials Library for more information.
Edit allows you to edit an existing material. Select the material
that you want to edit and click Edit to display the Shading
panel. See Creating Materials and The Materials Library for
more information.
22
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Materials
Delete allows you to delete a selected material from the library.
Categories allows you to assign a material to a new or existing
category. Select the material and click Categories. From the
Assign category dialog, choose an existing category from the
drop-down list or enter a name to add the material to a new
category. If you assigned the material to a new category, the
category name is displayed at the bottom of the Categories tab.
Double-click on a category name to view the materials assigned
to it.
Categories and Tags Tabs
The Categories tab lists the category names and the number of
materials assigned to each category. For example, if you
double-click Backgrounds, the browser displays all materials
assigned to that category. The category that you are currently
viewing is listed in red. Click return to full list to return to the
master list.
The Tags tab lists the tag names and the materials assigned to
the tags. It also contains the Untagged materials. A material
can be assigned to more than one tag. For example, a material
can be assigned to a Metals tag, but it can also be assigned to a
tag related to its color. The tag that you are currently viewing is
listed in red. Click return to full list to return to the master list.
You can use the scroll bar on the right of the browser to scroll
through the materials. You can also drag the slider bar at the
bottom of the browser to enlarge or decrease the size of each
individual material image. The more you increase the slider bar,
the larger the images become, thus displaying less of them in the
browser.
The filter below the Categories and Tags tabs allow you to
enter a few letters to search for a category or tag name from the
list, respectively. You can also use the scroll bar to search the
list of category and tag names.
solidThinking User Manual
23
Section 5
Creating Libraries
From the Materials browser, you can add new libraries or
browse for an existing library. solidThinking provides a
standard library by default, but you can create your own library
of custom materials.
To create a new materials library:
1. From the Managers menu, select Materials browser.
The Materials browser is displayed.
2. From the upper-most drop-down menu, select New library.
The Browse For Folder dialog is displayed.
24
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Materials
3. Select the destination path and click Make New Folder. A
new folder is added to the selected path. Click OK.
4. The Library settings dialog is displayed. Enter a Library
name and click OK.
5. The new library is added to the list of libraries in the
Materials browser.
solidThinking User Manual
25
Section 5
Browse for a Library
From the Material browser, you can browse for a different
library to use.
How to use
1. From the upper-most drop-down menu in the Materials
browser, select Browse for library.
The Choose or browse for a library dialog is displayed.
2. Select a library from the list of Known libraries and click
OK.
3. Click Browse to search for a library in another location.
4. To delete a library, select a library name from the list and
click Delete Library.
26
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Materials
Editing and Adding Tags
You can assign a tag to a material using the Edit Tags dialog.
How to use
1. Select the material that you want to add a tag to. When
selected, a red square surrounds the material image.
2. After selecting the material, select the Tags tab and click the
Tags button at the bottom of the Material browser.
The Edit Tags dialog is displayed.
3. Tag selection lists the tags from which you can choose.
Tag assigned lists the tag(s) that the selected material is
already assigned to.
solidThinking User Manual
27
Section 5
From the Tag selection column, select the tag that you want
to assign the material to and click the
button.
The tag name is now listed in the Tag assigned column.
4. Click OK.
Adding Tags
New tag names can be added using the Edit Tags dialog.
•
Insert a new tag name into the field next to the Add Tag
button and click Add Tag.
The new tag name is added to the Tags assigned column.
To move the new tag name to the Tags selection column,
select the tag and click the
28
button.
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Materials
Assigning Materials
By default, a material defined in the Shading panel is
automatically applied to any previously selected object
(objects). In the same way, any modification of a shader
parameter is immediately applied. If you do not want this to
happen, deselect the Auto apply material option. You will then
have to press Apply whenever you want to assign the current
material definition to the selected object.
Note: The Auto apply material option could slow down
operations if you need to continually adjust material settings in
a complex scene. In this case, you could decide to deselect this
option.
Two methods are available for assigning materials. The first
one, which can be used when a material has to be created,
includes the following steps:
1) Select the object (objects) to which you want to assign a
material.
2) Create the desired material in the Shading panel.
3) Apply it as above.
To assign a material you previously stored in the Materials
library, are:
1) Select the object (objects) that you want to assign a material to.
2) Choose the material from the Materials browser and click its
icon: it will automatically be applied to the selected object
(objects).
Note: When you assign environment, background, or
foreground materials from the Materials browser by clicking its
related icon, no objects must be selected, as these materials are
assigned to the scene.
solidThinking User Manual
29
Section 5
Merging Materials
When you click a material icon from the Materials browser, you
assign that material to any selected object (objects). Any
material that you have previously assigned to the selected object
(objects) will automatically be replaced.
You can, otherwise, obtain a partial merging of two materials if
you click a material icon while holding the Ctrl key down: any
shader of the clicked material that belongs to a class not
included in the old material will be added as a new component.
This way, you will obtain a third material with some
components from the old material and others from the clicked
one.
An example will probably help you understand this concept: A
sphere has a material with one component only: a “plain” color
shader.
After selecting the sphere, we click another material from the
Materials browser while holding the Ctrl key down. If this
second material has two components, a “marble” color shader
and a “rough” displacement shader for instance, the resulting
material will have the original “plain” color shader but enriched
by the “rough” displacement shader.
30
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Materials
Editing Materials
Any or all of the four shader components that make up a
material may be modified at any time by changing argument
values.
After editing a material assigned to a selected object, you have
two options:
a) To overwrite the original material and save changes under
the same name, simply press the Save button.
b)
To retain the original material and create a new one under
a new name, press the Save as… button.
The New Element dialog is displayed. You can enter a new
category name or choose an existing category from the uppermost drop-down list. Enter a name for the material in the Enter
the material’s name field and click OK.
The Shading panel title bar displays the name of the new
material. You will find the new material and/or category in the
Materials browser under the category that you saved it to.
solidThinking User Manual
31
Section 5
Materials Components
Let’s now examine in detail the shaders of the four classes
(color, reflectance, displacement, and transparency) that make
up a material.
For each shader we are providing synopsis, arguments, related
default values, and description.
You can become familiar with each shader by modifying
arguments and verifying how this affects appearance.
Arguments provide the means to customize shaders, and to
make them more powerful. For example, a red distant light and
a white distant light are derived from the same shader type, but
their specific properties are set by modifying the shaders’
arguments (via a "color" argument, for example).
Each argument has a type and a value. A shader argument may
be any one of the following types: integer, floating point, color,
vector, string, Boolean, enumeration, or pointer. A shader may
have zero, one or more arguments.
32
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Color Shaders
"absolute curvature"
Class
Color
Synopsis
False color shader that shows the absolute
'curvature' of a surface.
Description
The absolute curvature of the surface is
represented by a false color 'rainbow'. This is done by
converting the curvature into an HLS color value. In order to
provide different colors for the minimal and maximal values,
the range of the curvature changes is mapped onto a range hue
of only [0, 300], rather than the full [0, 360]. The following
table illustrates the color changes:
hue value
0
60
120
180
240
300
color name
Red
Yellow
Green
Cyan
Blue
Magenta
The parameter "min curvature" specifies the degree of
curvature to be mapped onto hue 0, while "max curvature"
specifies the degree to be mapped onto hue 300. The other
colors are assigned using a linear interpolation.
solidThinking User Manual
33
Section 5
"birch"
Class
Color
Synopsis
A version of the general "wood" advanced
wood color shader with pre-defined values
appropriate to a birch-like appearance.
Description
This shader is simply a copy of the generalpurpose "wood" shader where all the argument values have been
pre-chosen to produce the appearance of birch. The arguments
may of course be fine-tuned to suit particular jobs.
The orientation of the tree from which the wood is taken is
specified by a point which lies on the axis in argument "trunk
centre" and a direction vector pointing along the axis of the tree
in argument "trunk direction".
An overall scaling factor is supplied in argument "pattern
scale", which determines the radius difference of two adjacent
rings. 0.01 means that there are 100 rings per unit length along
the trunk radius. Choose a value appropriate to the units in
which your geometry is modeled. The default value is
appropriate for modeling in meters.
“wood color” is the color of the wood between the rings.
“ring color” is the color of the rings in the wood.
“ring fuzz in” and “ring fuzz out” specify the sharpness of the
edges of the inside and outside of the rings, respectively (the
value actually represents the fraction of the ring width over
which the interpolation from one color to the other is done).
“ring width” is the width of the rings relative to the tree’s
trunk. 0.0 means no ring at all, 1.0 means that all the trunk area
is covered by the ring color.
34
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Color Shaders
“gnarl” allows random perturbation of the regular rings inside
the trunk. This allows localized knot patterns to form.
“grain” determines the intensity of the random grain effect.
“ring fuzz grain” is the amplitude of the high frequency
perturbations of the ring edges.
“grain color” is the color of the random flecks or grains in the
wood pattern.
“grain scale” determines the size of the grain in relation to the
ring size (both the random grain flecks and the ring fuzz grain).
solidThinking User Manual
35
Section 5
"blue marble"
Class
Color
Synopsis
A blue marble pattern.
Description
appearance.
A solid texture giving a blue marble
The detail or complexity of the texture may be controlled by
means of the "detail" argument. A value of 1 will give a simple
outline of the marble pattern, while a larger value such as 5 or 6
will give fine detail in the texture.
An overall scaling factor is provided in argument "scale";
increasing this value will make the marble texture appear larger.
36
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Color Shaders
"cherry"
Class
Color
Synopsis
A version of the general "wood" advanced
wood color shader with pre-defined values
appropriate to a cherrywood-like appearance.
Description
This shader is simply a copy of the generalpurpose "wood" shader where all the argument values have been
pre-chosen to produce the appearance of cherrywood. The
arguments may of course be fine-tuned to suit particular jobs.
The orientation of the tree from which the wood is taken is
specified by a point which lies on the axis in argument "trunk
centre" and a direction vector pointing along the axis of the tree
in argument "trunk direction".
An overall scaling factor is supplied in argument "scale", which
determines the radius difference of two adjacent rings. 0.01
means that there are 100 rings per unit length along the trunk
radius. Choose a value appropriate to the units in which your
geometry is modeled. The default value is appropriate for
modeling in meters.
“wood color” is the color of the wood between the rings.
“ring color” is the color of the rings in the wood.
“ring fuzz in” and “ring fuzz out” specify the sharpness of the
edges of the inside and outside of the rings, respectively (the
value actually represents the fraction of the ring width over
which the interpolation from one color to the other is done).
“ring width” is the width of the rings relative to the tree’s
trunk. 0.0 means no ring at all, 1.0 means that all the trunk area
is covered by the ring color.
solidThinking User Manual
37
Section 5
“gnarl” allows random perturbation of the regular rings inside
the trunk. This allows localized knot patterns to form.
“grain” determines the intensity of the random grain effect.
“ring fuzz grain” is the amplitude of the high frequency
perturbations of the ring edges.
“grain color” is the color of the random flecks or grains in the
wood pattern.
“grain scale” determines the size of the grain in relation to the
ring size (both the random grain flecks and the ring fuzz grain).
38
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Color Shaders
"chrome"
Class
Color
Synopsis
Chrome-like reflections.
Description
reflections.
A color source providing simple chrome-like
The source has a base color, specified by argument "base
color", which is mixed with bands of colors based on the
orientation of the surface relative to a direction specified by
argument "vector".
A "mix" argument is used to specify the ratio of mixing of base
color with the reflection colors. This value should lie within the
range 0 to 1, where a value of 1 indicates all base color and no
reflection colors.
solidThinking User Manual
39
Section 5
"cubes"
Class
Color
Synopsis
A three-dimensional lattice of cubes with
alternating colors.
Description
A solid texture corresponding to a threedimensional lattice of cubes with alternating colors.
The cube colors may be specified by arguments "odd color" and
"even color". The lattice is aligned with the axis of the local
coordinate system. The size of each cube measured in the local
coordinate system is set by argument "scale".
40
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Color Shaders
"decal"
Class
Color
Synopsis
A color shader providing support for shade
trees.
Description
A color shader that provides the entry point to
support color shade trees.
This shader switches between two color-input channels. The
current 'layer' is presented by the "decal color" shader, and the
layer beneath by the "base color" shader. The switching
between the two is accomplished by the alpha shader global set
by the "decal transparency" shader.
Both the "decal color" and "decal transparency" shaders are
executed using the texture space supplied as "decal texture
space".
Note that "decal color" and "base color" may themselves be
instances of the "decal" color shader. This enables hierarchies of
color shaders to be assembled into shade trees.
solidThinking User Manual
41
Section 5
"decal uv"
Class
Color
Synopsis
A color shader specific for labeling.
Description
A color shader that allows you to label any
image over a surface.
The name of the file containing the image data is provided as a
string to parameter "file name".
Arguments «x origin» and «y origin» let you specify the origin
in the uv space.
Independent scaling factors are provided for the u- and vcoordinate directions in arguments "u scale" and "v scale"
respectively. This shader also allows you to change the "angle
of the image.
The parameter "inside coverage" determines the ratio of area
covered by the label to the area not covered: a value of zero
means the label is completely transparent. "outside coverage"
determines the ratio of area covered by the background to the
area not covered: a value of zero means the background is
completely transparent.
The sharpness of the label edges is controlled by "u fuzz" and
"v fuzz". A value of zero gives very sharply defined edges; a
value of one gives very fuzzy edges.
42
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Color Shaders
"draft angle evaluation"
Class
Color
Synopsis
Shader for evaluation mold shapes.
Description
Surface evaluation for mold design. The "pull
direction" parameter is direction in which the cast object is
supposed to be pulled out of the mold. It will not be possible to
pull it out if part of mold "overhangs" the object i.e. angle
between pull direction and surface normal is smaller than 90
deg. If there is a part of surface that has such property then it
will be marked with "overhang color". Next it will be
impossible to pull the object out if tangent to the surface is
parallel or almost parallel to the pull direction. They must differ
by at least "draft angle" (usually 1 deg). So the parts of the
surface with normals that form angles between 90 deg and 90
deg + "draft angle" will be marked with "fail color".
The parts of the surface with normals that fall into range
between (90 deg + "draft angle") and (90 deg + "draft angle" +
"tolerance angle") can be pulled out, although with some
difficulty. So they are marked with "warning color".
Finally if the surface normal forms any angle between (90 deg +
"draft angle" + "tolerance angle") and 180 deg with "pull
direction" everything is nice and those areas are marked with
"pass color". Each of the angles must fall into the range (0, 90)
deg and also their sum must fall into this range. Otherwise the
default angle values are used. The length of the pull direction
vector must be greater than 0.0001. Otherwise the default pull
direction is used.
solidThinking User Manual
43
Section 5
Setting 0.0 for "draft angle" results in "fail color" zone
disappearing. Setting 0.0 for "tolerance angle" results in
"warning color" zone disappearing.
Setting both angles to 0.0 results in having displayed "pass
color" for normal directions opposite to "pull direction" and
"overhang color" for normal directions consistent with "pull
direction".
44
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Color Shaders
"fleck"
Class
Color
Synopsis
Color shader that creates a pattern with
colored flecks.
Description
A solid texture color shader that creates a
pattern with irregular, single color flecks or speckles as seen in
some plastics, composite materials, or tiles.
The overall scale of the pattern is controlled by the "scale"
parameter.
“coverage” controls the amount and size of the flecks.
“fuzz” controls the sharpness of the edges of the flecks.
The shader simulates a solid material with “base color”
containing “fleck color” flecks.
“analytic anti aliasing” turns on or off the additional antialiasing. This is particularly useful if you have a surface with
small flecks. Note that “analytic anti aliasing” needs to do
additional computations and so runs slower. Analytic antialiasing isn’t available in preview renders.
“analytic anti aliasing noise” controls the variation of areas
where blending with the average color takes place. A value of 0
gives almost imperceptible blend of the average. With a value of
1, regions with small flecks are completely replaced with the
average color.
solidThinking User Manual
45
Section 5
46
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Color Shaders
"gaussian curvature"
Class
Color
Synopsis
False color shader that shows the 'gaussian
curvature' of a surface.
Description
The Gaussian curvature of the surface is
represented by a false color 'rainbow'. This is done by
converting the curvature into an HLS color value. In order to
provide different colors for the minimal and maximal values the
range of curvature changes is mapped onto a range hue of only
[0, 300], rather than the full [0, 360]. The following table
illustrates the color changes:
hue value
0
60
120
180
240
300
color name
Red
Yellow
Green
Cyan
Blue
Magenta
The parameter "min curvature" specifies the degree of
curvature to be mapped onto hue 0, whereas "max curvature"
specifies the degree to be mapped onto hue 300. The other
colors are assigned using a linear interpolation.
solidThinking User Manual
47
Section 5
"geometric curvature"
Class
Color
Synopsis
False color shader which shows the selected
type of surface curvature (absolute, mean or
gaussian) by false color encoding.
Description
This shader provides a more general method
for false color encoding than the "absolute curvature", "gaussian
curvature" and "mean curvature" shaders, which are simpler to
use but less flexible.
The type of curvature to be revealed by the false color scheme is
specified by parameter "curvature type", which should take
one of the following values: "gaussian", "mean" or "absolute".
The color encoding is specified by using 6 parameters which
represent the minimum curvature value (and its color), the
maximum curvature value (and its color), the number of
divisions of color to be displayed between these two extremes,
and a matching array of colors to be used for the divisions (if
this array is not supplied then a simple interpolation between the
two extreme colors is used).
48
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Color Shaders
"granite"
Class
Color
Synopsis
A solid texture giving a granite like pattern.
Description
A color shader that imitates the appearance of
granite. Granite looks the way it does because it is composed of
several different sorts of minerals which form grains of various
sizes. Different types of granite differ in the relative number and
sizes of the different grains of mineral. The argument "type" is
used to specify the following common types of granite:
type
sierra
description
Small variations in grain size, minerals
distributed uniformly.
bianco
Bigger variations in grain size, minerals
distributed uniformly.
diamond
Domination of coarse grains, with small
addition of fine-grained minerals.
azalea
Fine-grained with small addition of largegrained mineral.
auburn
Very large grains of the dominating mineral,
the remaining minerals being distributed
uniformly in small grains.
In addition to these standard pre-defined types of granite, it is
possible to create you own unique types of granite using the
other shader arguments described below.
The granite pattern is made up of four separate minerals, the
average grain size of each mineral being different.
solidThinking User Manual
49
Section 5
The minerals are numbered in order of decreasing grain size,
and the color of each can be specified, so argument "mineral 1
color" specifies the color of the mineral which causes the
largest grains, and "mineral 4 color" specifies the color of the
mineral which causes the smallest type of grains.
The overall granite texture can be scaled using the "scale"
argument (the smaller this value is, the smaller all of the granite
grains will appear). The curvature of the borders or edges of the
grains can be controlled using the arguments "fragment
softness" (which affects strength of random deformation of
grains) and "fragment detail" (which determines scale of this
deformation). A value of 1.0 for "fragment detail" defines
smooth deformations, larger values increase frequency and
deformations become denser and more rough.
Every mineral grain can be subdivided into smaller fragments,
within which colors vary slightly from the color determined for
the mineral to which a grain belongs. The argument "fragment
size" describes the average size of such fragments, relative to
the size of the largest grains. Grains whose size is smaller or
equal to this argument value are not divided into smaller
fragments. Note that "fragment size" must be lower or equal to
1.0, and greater than 0.0. A value of 1.0 for this argument means
there will be no subdivision. The color of the fragments
constituting each mineral grain, can also vary from the base
mineral color. This is controlled by the "color variation"
argument, which can vary from 0.0 (no differences) to 1.0
(maximum differences).
The effect of `cracks' on the borders between fragments can be
introduced by setting the argument "cracks" to a value greater
than 0.0. A value of 1.0 produces brightest cracks. The
argument "color noise" defines the intensity of the randomly
distributed noise that will be applied to texture.
50
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Color Shaders
The noise is superimposed uniformly on all mineral grains
appearing in the pattern. The density of the noise is controlled
by the argument "color noise scale", which should be defined
relative to "scale". This means that setting this argument to 1.0
causes the average size of the random spots added to the pattern
to be comparable to the size of the largest grains.
Finally, the argument "random seed" allows you to change the
random distribution of grains. Different values will produce
various patterns.
solidThinking User Manual
51
Section 5
"layered"
Class
Color
Synopsis
The result of combining other color shaders.
Description
Combines the results of other color shaders to
give a multi-layer effect (may be used to good effect with
“wrapped paint splat” to model plastics which have several
layers of flecks, as well as many other multiple layer materials).
“base shader” is a color shader that provides a base color to be
altered by layers of color shaders.
“layer 1 shader” provides the first layer of alteration to the base
color.
“layers 2 -5 shaders” provides subsequent layers of color,
applied to the result of the previous shaders.
52
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Color Shaders
"maple"
Class
Color
Synopsis
A version of the general "wood" advanced
wood color shader with pre-defined values
appropriate to a maple-like appearance.
Description
This shader is simply a copy of the generalpurpose "wood" shader where all the argument values have been
pre-chosen to produce the appearance of maple. The arguments
may of course be fine-tuned to suit particular jobs.
The orientation of the tree from which the wood is taken is
specified by a point which lies on the axis in argument "trunk
centre" and a direction vector pointing along the axis of the tree
in argument "trunk direction".
An overall scaling factor is supplied in argument "scale", which
determines the radius difference of two adjacent rings. 0.01
means that there are 100 rings per unit length along the trunk
radius. Choose a value appropriate to the units in which your
geometry is modeled. The default value is appropriate for
modeling in meters.
“wood color” is the color of the wood between the rings.
“ring color” is the color of the rings in the wood.
“ring fuzz in” and “ring fuzz out” specify the sharpness of the
edges of the inside and outside of the rings, respectively (the
value actually represents the fraction of the ring width over
which the interpolation from one color to the other is done).
“ring width” is the width of the rings relative to the tree’s
trunk. 0.0 means no ring at all, 1.0 means that all the trunk area
is covered by the ring color.
solidThinking User Manual
53
Section 5
“gnarl” allows random perturbation of the regular rings inside
the trunk. This allows localized knot patterns to form.
“grain” determines the intensity of the random grain effect.
“ring fuzz grain” is the amplitude of the high frequency
perturbations of the ring edges.
“grain color” is the color of the random flecks or grains in the
wood pattern.
“grain scale” determines the size of the grain in relation to the
ring size (both the random grain flecks and the ring fuzz grain).
54
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Color Shaders
"marble"
Class
Color
Synopsis
A marble pattern.
Description
appearance.
A solid texture giving a veined marble
The color of the ground of the marble is set through the
"ground color" parameter, and the base color of the veins is set
through "vein color".
The contrast of the color bands within the veins may be varied
by the "vein contrast" parameter, for which larger values
produce a greater contrast of colors.
Three parameters control the characteristics of the turbulent
marble pattern: The level of detail in the bands of the marble is
set through the "detail" parameter. Increasing this value has the
effect of increasing the complexity of, and detail in, the pattern.
The marble has a crystalline structure, and the amplitude of the
marble crystal grain is set with "grain"; larger values accentuate
the granularity.
The size of the crystal grain is set through the "grain scale"
parameter, with larger values giving rise to larger crystals.
An overall scaling factor is provided by "scale". Increasing this
value will make the marble pattern appear larger.
solidThinking User Manual
55
Section 5
"mean curvature"
Class
Color
Synopsis
False color shader which shows the `mean
curvature' of a surface.
Description
The mean curvature of the surface is
represented by a false color rainbow. This is done by converting
the curvature into an HLS color value. In order to provide
different colors for the minimal and maximal values, the range
of curvature changes is mapped onto a range hue of only [0,
300], rather than the full [0, 360]. The following table illustrates
the color changes:
hue value
0
60
120
180
240
300
color name
Red
Yellow
Green
Cyan
Blue
Magenta
The parameter "min curvature" specifies the degree of
curvature to be mapped onto hue 0, while "max curvature"
specifies the degree to be mapped onto hue 300. The other
colors are assigned using a linear interpolation.
56
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Color Shaders
"oak"
Class
Color
Synopsis
A version of the general “wood” advanced
wood color shader.
Description
A version of the general “wood” advanced
wood color shader with predefined values
appropriate to a oak-like appearance.
The orientation of the tree is specified by a point which lies on
the axis in the argument “trunk center” and a direction along
the axis of the tree in the argument “trunk direction”.
“scale” is an overall scaling factor which determines the radius
difference of two adjacent rings. 0.01 means that there are 100
rings per unit length along the trunk radius.
“wood color” is the color of the wood between the rings. “ring
color” is the color of the rings in the wood.
“ring fuzz in” and “ring fuzz out” specify the sharpness of the
edges of the inside and outside of the rings, respectively (the
value actually represents the fraction of the ring width over
which the interpolation from one color to the other is done).
“ring width” is the width of the rings relative to the tree’s
trunk. 0.0 means no ring at all, 1.0 means that all the trunk area
is covered by the ring color.
“gnarl” allows random perturbation of the regular rings inside
the trunk. This allows localized knot patterns to form.
“grain” determines the intensity of the random grain effect.
“ring fuzz grain” is the amplitude of the high frequency
solidThinking User Manual
57
Section 5
perturbations of the ring edges.
“grain color” is the color of the random flecks or grains in the
wood pattern.
“grain scale” determines the size of the grain in relation to the
ring size (both the random grain flecks and the ring fuzz grain).
58
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Color Shaders
"paving"
Class
Color
Synopsis
A color shader creating patterns of paving’s
made of irregular stones.
Description
A color shader creating patterns of paving’s
made of irregular stones.
“scale” controls the overall scaling factor. Increasing this value
will make the pattern appear larger.
“shape variation” controls how irregular tiles will be
generated. Setting 0 creates cube tiles.
“paving smoothness” specifies whether tiles should be sharpedges (0) or smooth.
“slab size” is the size of the stone slabs.
“mortar size” is the amount of mortar between the tiles.
You may use “pattern offset” to choose a part of the pattern
which will be visible on an object to which the shader is
applied. Sometimes, especially when “shape variation” is low,
it may be that a surface of an object aligns with a layer of
mortar and the entire surface looks like mortar. In such
situations, this argument may be used to move the pattern
slightly, and make stones appear.
“paving color 1” and “paving color 2” are the extreme ends of
the range of colors to be used for the tiles.
“paving color variation scale” controls how the variation is
distributed across the tile. Small values will give a speckled
effect while larger ones will give larger patches of different
solidThinking User Manual
59
Section 5
colors on the tile.
“paving grain variation” controls how strong the color grains
are. 0 means that there aren’t any grains, small values (slightly
above 0) create subtle dark spots, and high values make grains
quite strong.
“paving grain variation scale” controls the grain frequency –
how big and dense the grains are.
“mortar center color” is the color of the mortar at its center.
“mortar edge color” is the color of the mortar at its edge.
“mortar color variation” adds irregularities to the color
gradient between the center and edges of the mortar.
“mortar color variation scale” controls the frequency of the
noise applied to the mortar color.
“mortar irregularity” controls whether the lines formed by the
mortar are straight (0) or distorted (higher value).
60
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Color Shaders
"pine"
Class
Color
Synopsis
A version of the general “wood” advanced
wood color shader.
Description
A version of the general “wood” advanced
wood color shader with predefined values
appropriate to a pine-like appearance.
The orientation of the tree is specified by a point which lies on
the axis in the argument “trunk center” and a direction along
the axis of the tree in the argument “trunk direction”.
“scale” is an overall scaling factor which determines the radius
difference of two adjacent rings. 0.01 means that there are 100
rings per unit length along the trunk radius.
“wood color” is the color of the wood between the rings. “ring
color” is the color of the rings in the wood.
“ring fuzz in” and “ring fuzz out” specify the sharpness of the
edges of the inside and outside of the rings, respectively (the
value actually represents the fraction of the ring width over
which the interpolation from one color to the other is done).
“ring width” is the width of the rings relative to the tree’s
trunk. 0.0 means no ring at all, 1.0 means that all the trunk area
is covered by the ring color.
“gnarl” allows random perturbation of the regular rings inside
the trunk.
“grain” determines the intensity of the random grain effect.
solidThinking User Manual
61
Section 5
“ring fuzz grain” is the amplitude of the high frequency
perturbations of the ring edges.
“grain color” is the color of the random flecks or grains in the
wood pattern.
“grain scale” determines the size of the grain in relation to the
ring size.
62
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Color Shaders
"plain"
solidThinking User Manual
Class
Color
Synopsis
A plain, uniform color.
Description
"color".
A plain, uniform color, specified by argument
63
Section 5
"simple wood"
Class
Color
Synopsis
A simple wood pattern.
Description
A simple wood pattern with concentric rings
of light and dark wood.
“scale” controls the overall scaling factor. Increasing this value
will make the rings of wood appear larger.
“light wood color” and “dark wood color” control the colors
of the light and dark wood, respectively.
The axis of the tree from which the wood is taken is specified
by a point which lies on the axis (“point on axis”) and a
direction vector pointing along the axis of the tree (“axis
direction”).
“noise” controls the irregularity of the rings.
64
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Color Shaders
"solid clouds"
Class
Color
Synopsis
A cloudy appearance.
Description
A solid texture giving a cloudy appearance.
The color of the clouds and the background (sky) may be
specified in arguments "cloud color" and "background color",
respectively.
The detail or complexity of the texture may be controlled by
means of the "detail" argument. A value of 1 will give a simple
outline of the clouds, while a larger value such as 5 or 6 will
give fine detail on the cloud outlines.
An overall scaling factor is provided in argument "scale";
increasing this value will make the clouds appear larger.
solidThinking User Manual
65
Section 5
"solid clouds 2"
Class
Color
Synopsis
A cloudy appearance.
Description
A solid texture giving a cloudy appearance.
The color of the clouds and the background (sky) may be
specified in arguments "cloud color" and "background color",
respectively.
“cloud border color”
“sky color”
The detail or complexity of the texture may be controlled by
means of the "detail" argument. A value of 1 will give a simple
outline of the clouds, while a larger value such as 5 or 6 will
give fine detail on the cloud outlines.
An overall scaling factor is provided in argument "scale";
increasing this value will make the clouds appear larger.
“turbolence”
“octaves”
“x-scale”
66
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Color Shaders
"solid polka"
Class
Color
Synopsis
A solid polka-dot pattern.
Description
A solid texture giving a polka-dot pattern. The
texture may be thought of as a three-dimensional lattice of
spheres of a given color suspended on a uniform medium with a
different color.
The color of the spheres is specified by the argument "spot
color" and that of the background by the argument
"background color".
The radius of the spheres is specified by argument "radius", and
the distance between centers of adjacent spheres by argument
"separation".
A factor in the range 0.0 to 1.0, which is provided in argument
«edge softness», controls the softness of the sphere boundaries.
A value of 0.0 gives a hard edge to the spheres, and a value of
1.0 gives a continuous blend of color throughout each sphere.
An overall scaling factor may be specified by argument "scale";
increasing this value will make the spheres appear larger.
solidThinking User Manual
67
Section 5
"surface evaluation"
Class
Color
Synopsis
Color shader that simulates the reflection of a
cylinder with longitudinal bands surrounding
the surface being considered. Gives good
visual clues to the surface's curvature.
Description
A traditional method of assessing the
curvature of complex surfaces, such as car bodies, has been to
place them within a brightly lit cylinder (or half-cylinder) which
has longitudinal stripes (or bands). This shader provides the
ability to perform this test in software easily.
The color shader is simply attached to the geometry in question
(using sensible values for the center, axis and radius) before
rendering, and reflections of the imaginary cylinder will be
visible on the surface.
The basic color of the cylinder, and the color of the bands, are
specified by parameters "base color" and "band color"
respectively.
The size and positioning of the cylinder are controlled by the
parameters "center", "axis" (which should be either X, Y, or Z),
and "radius".
The total number of bands around the cylinder is given by the
parameter "bands".
The parameter "coverage" determines the ratio of area covered
by the bands to the area not covered: a value of zero means only
the base color is visible, a value of one means only the band
color is visible.
68
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Color Shaders
The sharpness of the bands is controlled by "fuzz". A value of
zero gives very sharply defined edges to the bands; a value of
one gives very fuzzy edges.
Finally, parameter "min angle" specifies the minimal value of
the normal component along the cylinder axis in order for
banding to be applied. In other words, it controls how long the
virtual cylinder is; smaller values result in a longer cylinder.
The overall scale of the pattern produced, allowing you to
accurately account for changes to the scale at which you model
your geometry.
Notes:
a) The rays are "reflected" in such a way that the component of
reflected ray parallel to the cylinder axis is ignored. It means
that all "reflected rays" are perpendicular to the cylinder surface.
b) If part of the surface is placed outside the cylinder, then it is
not banded and shows the constant base color. You should
ensure your cylinder is big enough and place its center in the
middle of the geometry being examined.
solidThinking User Manual
69
Section 5
"turbulent"
Class
Color
Synopsis
Color shader that simulates turbulent medium
variations (smoky, patchy fog).
Description
Color shader that simulates turbulent medium
variations (smoky, patchy fog). Designed for use as medium
density defining shader for “scattering medium” foreground,
may be used also on its own for interesting surface effects.
An overall scaling of the effect, increase for patchy fog,
decrease for highly turbulent smoke.
“color” defines the color of the turbulence.
"detail" defines how much detail is present in the turbulence.
“amplitude” is the amplitude of the turbulence.
The relative measure of the contrast between the dense and rare
areas is the “contrast”. 0.5 is neutral.
70
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Color Shaders
"wood [rt]"
Class
Color
Synopsis
A solid texture corresponding to a wood
pattern.
Description
wood pattern.
A solid texture corresponding to a simple
The orientation of the tree is specified by a point which lies on
the axis in argument “trunk center” and a direction along the
axis of the tree in the argument “trunk direction”.
“scale” is the overall scaling factor which determines the radius
difference of two adjacent rings. 0.01 means that there are 100
rings per unit length along the trunk radius.
“wood color” is the color of the wood between the rings.
“ring color” is the color of the rings in the wood.
“ring fuzz in” and “ring fuzz out” specify the sharpness of the
edges of the inside and outside of the rings, respectively (the
value actually represents the fraction of the ring width over
which the interpolation from one color to the other is done).
The “ring width” is the width relative to the tree’s trunk. 0.0
mean no ring at all, 1.0 means that all the trunk area is covered
by the ring color.
“gnarl” allows random perturbation of the regular rings inside
the trunk.
solidThinking User Manual
71
Section 5
“grain” determines the intensity of the random grain effect.
The amplitude of the high-frequency perturbations of the ring
edges is determined by “ring fuzz grain”.
“grain color” is the color of the random flecks on grains in the
wood pattern.
“grain scale” determines the size of the grain in relation to the
ring size.
72
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Color Shaders
"wood rt"
Class
Color
Synopsis
A simple wood pattern with concentric rings
of light and dark wood.
Description
wood pattern.
A solid texture corresponding to a simple
Wood is based on the concept of having a tree trunk centered on
a given axis with concentric rings of light and dark wood colors.
Light and dark wood colors are specified in arguments "light
wood color" and "dark wood color" respectively.
The axis of the tree from which the wood is taken is specified
by a point that lies on the axis in argument "point on axis" and
a direction vector pointing along the axis of the tree in argument
"axis direction".
An overall scaling factor is supplied in argument "scale";
increasing this value will make the rings of wood appear larger.
solidThinking User Manual
73
Section 5
"wrapped birch floor"
Class
Color
Synopsis
A version of the general wrapped wood floor,
color shader with predefined values
appropriate to a birch-like appearance.
Description
appearance.
A wrapped color source giving a birch-like
“replication type” is the shape type for the pattern. Options
include Squares, Herringbone, Floorboards, and Ladder.
“plank length” is the length of each plank or strip, while
“plank width” is the width of each plank or strip. Note that for
the squares replication scheme, this argument is ignored.
Instead, the width is taken to be the plank length, divided by the
value of the strips argument, to ensure that we end up with a
square shaped collection of planks.
“strips” is the number of strips or planks in each rectangular
area.
“offset” is only relevant for the floorboards and ladder patterns.
For floorboards, it determines the relative displacement of the
basic rectangles in odd and even rows of the scheme. For
ladder, it determines the relative displacement between the even
and odd columns of vertical planks. This argument is ignored in
the other replication patterns.
“groove width” is the width of the grooves between the planks.
0.0 means no groove. “groove color” is the color of the grooves
between the planks.
“plank variation” is the variation of brightness between planks.
Each plank is assigned a random calculated brightness
74
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Color Shaders
attenuation factor. The color of each point on the plank
calculated according to wood pattern parameters is then
attenuated by the factor assigned to the plank.
“pattern scale” is the scaling factor relating to the wood pattern
only (determines the radius difference of two adjacent rings).
“scale” is the overall scale of the pattern (controls all aspects of
the wood floor evenly, including the pattern of planks or tiles as
well as the wood they are made from).
“wood color” is the color of the wood between the rings.
“ring color” is the color of the rings in the wood.
“ring fuzz in” and “ring fuzz out” specify the sharpness of the
edges of the inside and outside of the rings, respectively (the
value actually represents the fraction of the ring width over
which the interpolation from one color to the other is done).
“ring width” is the width of the rings relative to the tree’s
trunk. 0.0 means no ring at all, 1.0 means that all the trunk area
is covered by the ring color.
“gnarl” allows random perturbation of the regular rings inside
the trunk. This allows localized knot patterns to form.
“grain” determines the intensity of the random grain effect.
“ring fuzz grain” is the amplitude of the high frequency
perturbations of the ring edges.
“grain color” is the color of the random flecks or grains in the
wood pattern.
“grain scale” determines the size of the grain in relation to the
ring size (both the random grain flecks and the ring fuzz grain).
solidThinking User Manual
75
Section 5
"wrapped brick"
Class
Color
Synopsis
A wrapped brick pattern.
Description
pattern.
A wrapped texture giving a simple brick
All of the bricks have a uniform color which may be specified
by argument "brick color", and the color of the mortar may be
specified by argument "mortar color".
The width and height of each brick is specified by the
arguments "brick width" and "brick height" respectively, and
the size of the mortar between the bricks (which is uniform
between rows and columns of bricks) is specified by argument
"mortar size".
An overall scaling factor is provided as argument "scale";
increasing this value will make the bricks appear larger.
“fuzz” controls the amount of blurring of the edges of the
bricks. 0.0 means no fuzz. This only has an effect if Analytic
Anti-Aliasing is available.
76
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Color Shaders
"wrapped brick bonds"
Class
Color
Synopsis
A extended wrapped brick pattern.
Description
A extended wrapped brick pattern, with predefined standard bond pattern.
An overall scaling factor is provided as argument "scale";
increasing this value will make the bricks appear larger.
The width and height of each brick is specified by the
arguments "brick width" and "brick height" respectively.
“brick depth” specifies the depth of the brick. The size of the
mortar between the bricks (which is uniform between rows and
columns of bricks) is specified by argument "mortar size".
“brick side color 1” and “brick side color 2” are the extreme
range of colors to be used for the sides of the bricks.
“brick end color 1” and “brick end color 2” are the extreme
range of colors to be used for the ends of the bricks.
“mortar color” is the color of the mortar between the bricks.
“rough scale” determines the complexity of the roughness
along the brick edges; values less than 1.0 produce a rougher
appearance, and values greater than 1.0 a smoother appearance.
“rough amplitude” determine the magnitude of the roughness
along the brick edges. Values less than 1 correspond to small
variations, and values greater than 1 larger variations.
“bond” allows you to select the standard bond type. “stretcher”
is the standard alternating pattern. “common” are bricks in
every fifth row stacked crosswise. “flemish” are bricks placed
solidThinking User Manual
77
Section 5
crosswise alternately with normal in every row. “english” is
similar to “common” but with crosswise bricks every second
row. “stacks” are bricks stacked directly on top of each other.
“rowlock” is similar to “flemish” but the bricks are placed on
their sides.
“fuzz” controls the amount of blurring of the edges of the
bricks. 0.0 means no fuzz. This only has an effect if Analytic
Anti-Aliasing is available.
78
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Color Shaders
"wrapped brick formation”
Class
Color
Synopsis
A shader that mimics real bricks in both color
and texture variation.
Description
“brick side shader” and “brick end shader”
are the color shaders to be used for the sides and ends of the
bricks, respectively. Any color shader may be used, but the
“wrapped random image” has been specially designed to allow
images of various bricks to be chosen.
The size of the pattern is specified by the argument "scale";
increasing this value will make the pattern appear larger.
“brick height”, “brick width”, and “brick depth” specify the
height, width, and depth of the bricks, respectively.
“bond” allows you to select the standard bond type. “stretcher”
is the standard alternating pattern. “common” are bricks in
every fifth row stacked crosswise. “flemish” are bricks placed
crosswise alternately with normal in every row. “english” is
similar to “common” but with crosswise bricks every second
row. “stacks” are bricks stacked directly on top of each other.
“rowlock” is similar to “flemish” but the bricks are placed on
their sides.
solidThinking User Manual
79
Section 5
"wrapped checker"
Class
Color
Synopsis
A wrapped checker board pattern.
Description
pattern.
A wrapped texture giving a checker board
The squares of the pattern take on alternate colors, which may
be specified by means of the arguments "odd color" and "even
color".
The size (both width and height) of the squares in the local
coordinate system is specified by argument "scale".
“fuzz” controls the amount of blurring of the edges of the
squares. 0.0 means no fuzz.
80
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Color Shaders
"wrapped cherry floor"
Class
Color
Synopsis
A version of the general wrapped wood floor,
color shader with predefined values
appropriate to a cherry-like appearance.
Description
appearance.
A wrapped color source giving a cherry-like
“replication type” is the shape type for the pattern. Options
include Squares, Herringbone, Floorboards, and Ladder.
“plank length” is the length of each plank or strip, while
“plank width” is the width of each plank or strip. Note that for
the squares replication scheme, this argument is ignored.
Instead, the width is taken to be the plank length, divided by the
value of the strips argument, to ensure that we end up with a
square shaped collection of planks.
“strips” is the number of strips or planks in each rectangular
area.
“offset” is only relevant for the floorboards and ladder patterns.
For floorboards, it determines the relative displacement of the
basic rectangles in odd and even rows of the scheme. For
ladder, it determines the relative displacement between the even
and odd columns of vertical planks. This argument is ignored in
the other replication patterns.
“groove width” is the width of the grooves between the planks.
0.0 means no groove. “groove color” is the color of the grooves
between the planks.
“plank variation” is the variation of brightness between planks.
Each plank is assigned a random calculated brightness
solidThinking User Manual
81
Section 5
attenuation factor. The color of each point on the plank
calculated according to wood pattern parameters is then
attenuated by the factor assigned to the plank.
“pattern scale” is the scaling factor relating to the wood pattern
only (determines the radius difference of two adjacent rings).
“scale” is the overall scale of the pattern (controls all aspects of
the wood floor evenly, including the pattern of planks or tiles as
well as the wood they are made from).
“wood color” is the color of the wood between the rings.
“ring color” is the color of the rings in the wood.
“ring fuzz in” and “ring fuzz out” specify the sharpness of the
edges of the inside and outside of the rings, respectively (the
value actually represents the fraction of the ring width over
which the interpolation from one color to the other is done).
“ring width” is the width of the rings relative to the tree’s
trunk. 0.0 means no ring at all, 1.0 means that all the trunk area
is covered by the ring color.
“gnarl” allows random perturbation of the regular rings inside
the trunk. This allows localized knot patterns to form.
“grain” determines the intensity of the random grain effect.
“ring fuzz grain” is the amplitude of the high frequency
perturbations of the ring edges.
“grain color” is the color of the random flecks or grains in the
wood pattern.
“grain scale” determines the size of the grain in relation to the
ring size (both the random grain flecks and the ring fuzz grain).
82
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Color Shaders
"wrapped diagonal"
Class
Color
Synopsis
A pattern giving a line across the leading
diagonal of the texture space.
Description
A color source shader providing a diagonal
stripe in texture space.
The size of the pattern is specified by argument "scale";
increasing this value will make the pattern appear larger.
The width of the stripe specified as a fraction of the pattern size
is given by "width".
The color of the stripe and of the background are specified by
arguments "stripe color" and "background color" respectively.
A fuzzy edge is applied to the stripe with a width given by
"fuzz".
solidThinking User Manual
83
Section 5
"wrapped filtered image"
Class
Color
Synopsis
A wrapped texture to provide image color
mapping with additional color filtering.
Description
A wrapped texture that provides image
mapping with additional color filtering.
The name of the file containing the image data is provided as a
string to parameter "file name".
Image color is modulated by the filter color provided by
argument "filter color". White leaves the input image
unchanged.
"scale" controls how many times the image texture will repeat
(over a given area).
Allows the “aspect ratio” (width divided by height) of the
texture to be altered (this should normally be the aspect ratio of
the original image to avoid it appearing “squashed” when
rendered.
The width and height of the image file are given by "width" and
"height", respectively.
“softness” controls the degree of blurring on the image texture.
84
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Color Shaders
"wrapped grid"
Class
Color
Synopsis
A grid color pattern.
Description
texture space.
A color shader providing a grid pattern in
An overall scaling factor for the pattern is given by parameter
"scale"; increasing this value will make the pattern appear
larger.
The width and height of the repeated grid pattern are given by
"width" and "height" respectively, and the width and height of
the grid lines are specified by "grid size".
The colors of the grid and the background are given by "grid
color" and "background color" respectively.
“fuzz” controls the amount of blurring of the edges of the
squares.
solidThinking User Manual
85
Section 5
"wrapped image"
Class
Color
Synopsis
A wrapped texture to provide image color
mapping.
Description
mapping.
A wrapped texture that provides image
The name of the file containing the image data is provided as a
string to parameter "file name".
"scale" controls how many times the image texture will repeat
(over a given area).
Allows the “aspect ratio” (width divided by height) of the
texture to be altered (this should normally be the aspect ratio of
the original image to avoid it appearing “squashed” when
rendered.
The width and height of the image file are given by "width" and
"height", respectively.
“softness” controls the degree of blurring on the image texture.
86
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Color Shaders
"wrapped maple floor"
Class
Color
Synopsis
A version of the general wrapped wood floor,
color shader with predefined values
appropriate to a maple-like appearance.
Description
appearance.
A wrapped color source giving a maple-like
“replication type” is the shape type for the pattern. Options
include Squares, Herringbone, Floorboards, and Ladder.
“plank length” is the length of each plank or strip, while
“plank width” is the width of each plank or strip. Note that for
the squares replication scheme, this argument is ignored.
Instead, the width is taken to be the plank length, divided by the
value of the strips argument, to ensure that we end up with a
square shaped collection of planks.
“strips” is the number of strips or planks in each rectangular
area.
“offset” is only relevant for the floorboards and ladder patterns.
For floorboards, it determines the relative displacement of the
basic rectangles in odd and even rows of the scheme. For
ladder, it determines the relative displacement between the even
and odd columns of vertical planks. This argument is ignored in
the other replication patterns.
“groove width” is the width of the grooves between the planks.
0.0 means no groove. “groove color” is the color of the grooves
between the planks.
“plank variation” is the variation of brightness between planks.
Each plank is assigned a random calculated brightness
solidThinking User Manual
87
Section 5
attenuation factor. The color of each point on the plank
calculated according to wood pattern parameters is then
attenuated by the factor assigned to the plank.
“pattern scale” is the scaling factor relating to the wood pattern
only (determines the radius difference of two adjacent rings).
“scale” is the overall scale of the pattern (controls all aspects of
the wood floor evenly, including the pattern of planks or tiles as
well as the wood they are made from).
“wood color” is the color of the wood between the rings.
“ring color” is the color of the rings in the wood.
“ring fuzz in” and “ring fuzz out” specify the sharpness of the
edges of the inside and outside of the rings, respectively (the
value actually represents the fraction of the ring width over
which the interpolation from one color to the other is done).
“ring width” is the width of the rings relative to the tree’s
trunk. 0.0 means no ring at all, 1.0 means that all the trunk area
is covered by the ring color.
“gnarl” allows random perturbation of the regular rings inside
the trunk. This allows localized knot patterns to form.
“grain” determines the intensity of the random grain effect.
“ring fuzz grain” is the amplitude of the high frequency
perturbations of the ring edges.
“grain color” is the color of the random flecks or grains in the
wood pattern.
“grain scale” determines the size of the grain in relation to the
ring size (both the random grain flecks and the ring fuzz grain).
88
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Color Shaders
"wrapped oak floor"
Class
Color
Synopsis
A version of the general wrapped wood floor,
color shader with predefined values
appropriate to a oak-like appearance.
Description
appearance.
A wrapped color source giving an oak-like
“replication type” is the shape type for the pattern. Options
include Squares, Herringbone, Floorboards, and Ladder.
“plank length” is the length of each plank or strip, while
“plank width” is the width of each plank or strip. Note that for
the squares replication scheme, this argument is ignored.
Instead, the width is taken to be the plank length, divided by the
value of the strips argument, to ensure that we end up with a
square shaped collection of planks.
“strips” is the number of strips or planks in each rectangular
area.
“offset” is only relevant for the floorboards and ladder patterns.
For floorboards, it determines the relative displacement of the
basic rectangles in odd and even rows of the scheme. For
ladder, it determines the relative displacement between the even
and odd columns of vertical planks. This argument is ignored in
the other replication patterns.
“groove width” is the width of the grooves between the planks.
0.0 means no groove. “groove color” is the color of the grooves
between the planks.
“plank variation” is the variation of brightness between planks.
Each plank is assigned a random calculated brightness
solidThinking User Manual
89
Section 5
attenuation factor. The color of each point on the plank
calculated according to wood pattern parameters is then
attenuated by the factor assigned to the plank.
“pattern scale” is the scaling factor relating to the wood pattern
only (determines the radius difference of two adjacent rings).
“scale” is the overall scale of the pattern (controls all aspects of
the wood floor evenly, including the pattern of planks or tiles as
well as the wood they are made from).
“wood color” is the color of the wood between the rings.
“ring color” is the color of the rings in the wood.
“ring fuzz in” and “ring fuzz out” specify the sharpness of the
edges of the inside and outside of the rings, respectively (the
value actually represents the fraction of the ring width over
which the interpolation from one color to the other is done).
“ring width” is the width of the rings relative to the tree’s
trunk. 0.0 means no ring at all, 1.0 means that all the trunk area
is covered by the ring color.
“gnarl” allows random perturbation of the regular rings inside
the trunk. This allows localized knot patterns to form.
“grain” determines the intensity of the random grain effect.
“ring fuzz grain” is the amplitude of the high frequency
perturbations of the ring edges.
“grain color” is the color of the random flecks or grains in the
wood pattern.
“grain scale” determines the size of the grain in relation to the
ring size (both the random grain flecks and the ring fuzz grain).
90
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Color Shaders
"wrapped paint splat"
Class
Color
Synopsis
A wrapped paint-splat pattern.
Description
Paint splat effect shader that emulates paint
dots on a plastic surface.
This shader works well when used to build up layers using the
“layered” shader.
The overall scaling factor is defined by “scale”. Increasing this
value will make the overall pattern larger.
“density” controls the density of dots on the surface (represents
the fraction of the surface which is covered by the dots).
“size variance” controls the amount by which the spots can
vary in size.
Each dot has a plain color chosen randomly by the linear
interpolation between “color 1” and “color 2”.
“shape detail” varies the shape of the spots. Zero means they
are all circular, higher values make them increasingly irregular.
solidThinking User Manual
91
Section 5
"wrapped pine floor"
Class
Color
Synopsis
A version of the general wrapped wood floor,
color shader with predefined values
appropriate to a pine-like appearance.
Description
appearance.
A wrapped color source giving a pine-like
“replication type” is the shape type for the pattern. Options
include Squares, Herringbone, Floorboards, and Ladder.
“plank length” is the length of each plank or strip, while
“plank width” is the width of each plank or strip. Note that for
the squares replication scheme, this argument is ignored.
Instead, the width is taken to be the plank length, divided by the
value of the strips argument, to ensure that we end up with a
square shaped collection of planks.
“strips” is the number of strips or planks in each rectangular
area.
“offset” is only relevant for the floorboards and ladder patterns.
For floorboards, it determines the relative displacement of the
basic rectangles in odd and even rows of the scheme. For
ladder, it determines the relative displacement between the even
and odd columns of vertical planks. This argument is ignored in
the other replication patterns.
“groove width” is the width of the grooves between the planks.
0.0 means no groove. “groove color” is the color of the grooves
between the planks.
“plank variation” is the variation of brightness between planks.
Each plank is assigned a random calculated brightness
92
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Color Shaders
attenuation factor. The color of each point on the plank
calculated according to wood pattern parameters is then
attenuated by the factor assigned to the plank.
“pattern scale” is the scaling factor relating to the wood pattern
only (determines the radius difference of two adjacent rings).
“scale” is the overall scale of the pattern (controls all aspects of
the wood floor evenly, including the pattern of planks or tiles as
well as the wood they are made from).
“wood color” is the color of the wood between the rings.
“ring color” is the color of the rings in the wood.
“ring fuzz in” and “ring fuzz out” specify the sharpness of the
edges of the inside and outside of the rings, respectively (the
value actually represents the fraction of the ring width over
which the interpolation from one color to the other is done).
“ring width” is the width of the rings relative to the tree’s
trunk. 0.0 means no ring at all, 1.0 means that all the trunk area
is covered by the ring color.
“gnarl” allows random perturbation of the regular rings inside
the trunk. This allows localized knot patterns to form.
“grain” determines the intensity of the random grain effect.
“ring fuzz grain” is the amplitude of the high frequency
perturbations of the ring edges.
“grain color” is the color of the random flecks or grains in the
wood pattern.
“grain scale” determines the size of the grain in relation to the
ring size (both the random grain flecks and the ring fuzz grain).
solidThinking User Manual
93
Section 5
"wrapped polka"
Class
Color
Synopsis
A wrapped polka-dot pattern.
Description
A wrapped texture giving a polka-dot pattern.
The texture corresponds to a grid of circles of one color against
a background of another color.
The color of the spots is specified by the argument "spot color"
and that of the background by argument "background color".
The radius of the circles is specified by argument "radius", and
the distance between centers of adjacent circles by argument
"separation".
A factor in the range 0.0 to 1.0 which is provided in argument
"edge softness" controls the softness of the circle boundaries. A
value of 0.0 gives a hard edge to the circles, and a value of 1.0
gives a continuous blend of color throughout each circle.
An overall scaling factor may be specified by argument "scale";
increasing this value will make the circles appear larger.
94
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Color Shaders
"wrapped random image"
Class
Color
Synopsis
A shader that returns the color of one of the
specified color shaders (which would
normally be images) based on a selector
argument.
Description
Each of the supplied images can be rotated
giving four variants for each image shader from which to
choose.
“image 1 shader” through “image 5 shader” are the first
through fifth images/shaders, respectively.
“selector” is the value which selects from the number of
variants available (the range zero to one is divided into the
appropriate number of sections). A typical application uses a
random number. For example, the “wrapped brick formation”
shader will generate a suitable number.
solidThinking User Manual
95
Section 5
"wrapped roof tiles"
Class
Color
Synopsis
Wrapped color shader simulating various
styles of roof tile.
Description
This shader which simulates various styles of
roof tiles as they are usually seen from ground level (in other
words, when looking at the roof surface at an angle of about 45
degrees). Note that the roof tiles pattern that we usually observe
is mainly the result of changes in the normals and variable
illumination (for example, edges of the tile being in shadow)
rather than actual variations in the color of the tile. This shader
simulates this using just a surface color pattern.
The "scale" parameter allows overall scaling of the pattern.
The "pattern" parameter selects the style of tiles which are
simulated. The available styles are: flat, scalloped, diamond,
hexagonal, classic, split, espana, spanish, roma.
The color of each tile is selected randomly from the range of
colors specified by the parameters "tile color 1" and "tile color
2". If these parameters are the same then the tiles will have a
uniform color; if they are different then tile colors will vary
across the pattern. "tile length" and "tile width" control the size
of the `top' surface of the tile.
"tile thickness" controls how thick the tile is and therefore how
much of the edge is visible.
The color of the exposed edge is controlled by the "edge color"
parameter. Usually this should be darker than the tile colors to
simulate the effect of the edge being in shadow.
96
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Color Shaders
It is possible to have random color variation within a single tile,
for example to simulate dirt on the tile surface. This is
controlled by the "color variation" parameter. No part of any
tile will ever have a color outside the range specified by the tile
color parameters.
The value of "color variation" determines how far from the tile's
selected base color areas of the tile can deviate. A value of zero
will give a uniform color across the entire tile. As the value is
increased the variation of color within a tile will increase. With
a value of 1.0 a tile with a base color equal to "tile color 1" may
contain spots of "tile color 2". "color variation scale" controls
how the color variation is distributed across the tile. Small
values will give a speckled effect whilst larger ones will give
larger patches of different colors on the tile.
“Fuzz” controls the amount of blurring of the edges of the tiles.
solidThinking User Manual
97
Section 5
"wrapped s stripe"
Class
Color
Synopsis
A pattern giving a line along the s-axis of the
texture space.
Description
A color source shader providing a stripe as a
line of constant s in texture space.
The size of the pattern (including the stripe) is specified by
argument "scale"; increasing this value will make the pattern
appear larger.
The width of the stripe specified as a fraction of the pattern size
is given by "width".
The colors of the stripe and of the background are specified by
arguments "stripe color" and "background color" respectively.
A fuzzy edge is applied to the stripe with a width given by
"fuzz".
98
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Color Shaders
"wrapped t stripe"
Class
Color
Synopsis
A pattern giving a line along the t-axis of
the texture space.
Description
A color source shader providing a stripe as
a line of constant t in texture space.
The size of the pattern (including the stripe) is specified by
argument "scale"; increasing this value will make the pattern
appear larger.
The width of the stripe specified as a fraction of the pattern size
is given by "width".
The colors of the stripe and of the background are specified by
arguments "stripe color" and "background color" respectively.
A fuzzy edge is applied to the stripe with a width given by
"fuzz".
solidThinking User Manual
99
Section 5
"wrapped textured brick"
Class
Color
Synopsis
A wrapped textured brick pattern.
Description
A wrapped color source texture giving a
sophisticated brick pattern.
Each brick has a base color which is randomly assigned from
the RGB color range specified by parameters "brick color 1"
and "brick color 2". The bricks are textured by applying to
them a coherent variation in color around the base color.
The color of the mortar may be specified by argument "mortar
color".
The width and height of each brick are specified by the
arguments "brick width" and "brick height" respectively, and
the size of the mortar between the bricks (which is uniform
between rows and columns of bricks) is specified by argument
"mortar size".
There is a rough edge where the bricks meet the mortar, the
characteristics of which can be controlled through parameters
"rough scale" and "rough amplitude". The former determines
the complexity of the roughness along each brick; values less
than 1.0 produce a rougher appearance, and values greater than
1.0 a smoother appearance. The latter parameter determines the
magnitude of the roughness, with values less than 1.0
corresponding to small variations, and values greater than 1.0
large variations.
An overall scaling factor is provided as argument "scale";
increasing this value will make the bricks appear larger.
100
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Color Shaders
“fuzz” controls the amount of blurring of the edges of the
bricks.
“offset” specifies the offset between alternate rows of bricks.
The default value is 0.5, meaning that bricks in each row begin
half a brick’s length over from their neighbor’s above.
solidThinking User Manual
101
Section 5
"wrapped wood floor"
Class
Color
Synopsis
A pattern consisting of wooden planks
combined according to a selected replication
scheme and implemented as wrapped texture
and mapped texture and mapped according to
actual (s; t) coordinates.
Description
pattern.
A wrapped color source giving a wooden floor
“replication type” is the shape type for the pattern. Options
include Squares, Herringbone, Floorboards, and Ladder.
“plank length” is the length of each plank or strip, while
“plank width” is the width of each plank or strip. Note that for
the squares replication scheme, this argument is ignored.
Instead, the width is taken to be the plank length, divided by the
value of the strips argument, to ensure that we end up with a
square shaped collection of planks.
“strips” is the number of strips or planks in each rectangular
area.
“offset” is only relevant for the floorboards and ladder patterns.
For floorboards, it determines the relative displacement of the
basic rectangles in odd and even rows of the scheme. For
ladder, it determines the relative displacement between the even
and odd columns of vertical planks. This argument is ignored in
the other replication patterns.
“groove width” is the width of the grooves between the planks.
0.0 means no groove. “groove color” is the color of the grooves
between the planks.
102
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Color Shaders
“plank variation” is the variation of brightness between planks.
Each plank is assigned a random calculated brightness
attenuation factor. The color of each point on the plank
calculated according to wood pattern parameters is then
attenuated by the factor assigned to the plank.
“pattern scale” is the scaling factor relating to the wood pattern
only (determines the radius difference of two adjacent rings).
“scale” is the overall scale of the pattern (controls all aspects of
the wood floor evenly, including the pattern of planks or tiles as
well as the wood they are made from).
“wood color” is the color of the wood between the rings.
“ring color” is the color of the rings in the wood.
“ring fuzz in” and “ring fuzz out” specify the sharpness of the
edges of the inside and outside of the rings, respectively (the
value actually represents the fraction of the ring width over
which the interpolation from one color to the other is done).
“ring width” is the width of the rings relative to the tree’s
trunk. 0.0 means no ring at all, 1.0 means that all the trunk area
is covered by the ring color.
“gnarl” allows random perturbation of the regular rings inside
the trunk. This allows localized knot patterns to form.
“grain” determines the intensity of the random grain effect.
“ring fuzz grain” is the amplitude of the high frequency
perturbations of the ring edges.
“grain color” is the color of the random flecks or grains in the
wood pattern.
“grain scale” determines the size of the grain in relation to the
ring size (both the random grain flecks and the ring fuzz grain).
solidThinking User Manual
103
Section 5
104
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Reflectance Shaders
"blurred conductor"
Class
Reflectance
Synopsis
Physically accurate metallic simulation using
ray tracing, supporting reflection. Also
supports blurring of reflected images.
Description
A reflectance model that supports secondary
mirrored views through ray tracing.
Reflectance coefficients are provided to allow specification of
the amount of ambient, diffuse, and specular light reflected in
arguments "ambient factor", “diffuse factor”, and "specular
factor" respectively, and the contributions made by light
reflected in the mirror direction ("mirror factor").
The sharpness of specular reflections can be controlled by
means of the "roughness" argument. The reflection is made
sharper with small roughness values (less than 1), such as 0.1.
Larger values, such as 10.0, decrease the specular fall-off.
“refraction red”, “refraction green”, and “refraction blue”
indicate the refracted amount of each color. “absorption red”,
“absorption green” and “absorption blue” indicate the
absorption amount of each color.
The quality of the specular reflection highlights can be
controlled by means of the argument “quality”.
“blur quality settings” options include “scale by global”, “use
local” and “use global”. “blur factor” allows you to control the
level of blurring effect.
solidThinking User Manual
105
Section 5
"blurred dielectric"
Class
Reflectance
Synopsis
Physically accurate glass-like simulation using
ray tracing, supporting reflection and
refraction.
Description
Also supports blurring of reflected and
refracted images.
Reflectance coefficients are provided to allow specification of
the amount of ambient, diffuse and specular light components,
and the contribution made by light from the mirror and
transmission directions, corresponding to arguments "ambient
factor", "diffuse factor", "specular factor", "mirror factor"
and "transmission factor" respectively.
The sharpness of the specular reflection highlights can be
controlled by means of the argument "roughness". The
reflection is made sharper with small values for the roughness,
such as 0.1 or less. Larger values, such as 10.0, decrease the
specular fall-off.
The quality of the specular reflection highlights can be
controlled by means of the argument “quality”. “blur quality
settings” options include “scale by global”, “use local” and
“use global”. “blur factor” allows you to control the level of
blurring effect.
The dielectric's index of refraction for all wavelengths of light is
given by the argument "refraction". The default value for the
refractive index corresponds to that for glass. The appropriate
value for other dielectrics can be obtained from published data
in handbooks of optical constants.
106
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Reflectance Shaders
"blurred glass"
Class
Reflectance
Synopsis
An approximation of glass-like materials using
ray-tracing, supporting reflection, refraction
and blurring effects.
Description
effect.
A reflectance model providing a blurred glass
Reflectance coefficients are provided to allow specification of
the amount of specular light components, and the contribution
made by light from the mirror and transmission directions,
corresponding to arguments "specular factor", "mirror factor"
and "transmission factor" respectively.
The sharpness of the specular reflection highlights can be
controlled by means of the argument "roughness". The
reflection is made sharper with small values for the roughness,
such as 0.1 or less. Larger values, such as 10.0, decrease the
specular fall-off.
The quality of the specular reflection highlights can be
controlled by means of the argument “quality”. “blur quality
settings” options include “scale by global”, “use local” and
“use global”. “blur factor” allows you to control the level of
blurring effect.
The dielectric's index of refraction for all wavelengths of light is
given by the argument "refraction". The default value for the
refractive index corresponds to that for glass. The appropriate
value for other dielectrics can be obtained from published data
in handbooks of optical constants.
solidThinking User Manual
107
Section 5
"blurred mirror"
Class
Reflectance
Synopsis
Approximation of mirror-like materials using
ray tracing, supporting reflection, and blurring
effect.
Description
A reflectance model that supports secondary
mirrored views through ray tracing.
Reflectance coefficients are provided as arguments which allow
specification of the amount of ambient light ("ambient factor"),
diffuse light ("diffuse factor") and specular light ("specular
factor") components, and the contribution made by light
reflected in the mirror direction ("mirror factor").
The sharpness of the specular reflection highlights can be
controlled by means of the argument "roughness". The
reflection is made sharper with small values for the roughness,
such as 0.1 or less. Larger values, such as 10.0, decrease the
specular fall-off.
The quality of the specular reflection highlights can be
controlled by means of the argument “quality”. “blur quality
settings” options include “scale by global”, “use local” and
“use global”. “blur factor” allows you to control the level of
blurring effect.
108
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Reflectance Shaders
"chrome 2D"
Class
Reflectance
Synopsis
A chrome-like reflectance using a twodimensional chrome map.
Description
A reflectance model providing a chrome-like
effect which generates a reflection pattern from a two
dimensional array of colors.
The map is projected onto surfaces using a spherical mapping.
Reflectance coefficients are provided and they allow
specification of the amount of ambient, diffuse, specular and
chrome light reflected, corresponding to arguments "ambient
factor", "diffuse factor", "specular factor" and "chrome
factor" respectively.
The sharpness of the specular reflection highlights can be
controlled by means of argument "roughness". The reflection is
made sharper with small values for the roughness, such as 0.1.
Larger values, such as 10.0, decrease the specular fall-off.
This model is suitable for shiny or highly polished chrome-like
materials.
solidThinking User Manual
109
Section 5
"conductor"
Class
Reflectance
Synopsis
Physically accurate metallic simulation using
ray tracing, supporting reflection.
Description
A reflectance model that supports secondary
mirrored views through ray tracing. Fresnel filtering is
incorporated for accurate modeling of light interaction on the
surfaces of objects.
Reflectance coefficients are provided to allow specification of
the amount of ambient, diffuse and specular light components,
and the contribution made by light reflected in the mirror
direction, corresponding to arguments "ambient factor",
"diffuse factor", "specular factor" and "mirror factor"
respectively.
The sharpness of specularly reflected highlights can be
controlled by means of argument "roughness". The reflection is
made sharper with small values for the roughness, such as 0.1.
Larger values, such as 10.0, decrease the specular fall-off.
The conductor's indices of refraction for red, green and blue
light are given by the arguments "refraction red", "refraction
green" and "refraction blue" respectively.
Similarly, "absorption red", "absorption green" and
"absorption blue" give the absorption coefficients for red,
green and blue light respectively.
This model is appropriate for simulating metallic surface
finishes accurately.
The default values for the refraction and absorption coefficients
correspond to those for silver.
110
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Reflectance Shaders
The appropriate values for other conductors can be obtained
from published data in handbooks of optical constants: a sample
of the properties of some common metallic looking materials is
given in the next table.
Conductor
Color
red
green blue
Absorption
Materials
red
aluminum
0.900 0.922 0.924
1.801 0.863 0.592
8.002 6.383 5.341
chromium
0.640 0.669 0.695
3.749 2.869 1.837
4.364 4.440 4.010
cobalt
0.693 0.649 0.612
2.286 1.973 1.694
4.358 3.697 3.194
copper
0.929 0.613 0.540
0.302 1.051 1.168
3.916 2.582 2.338
gold
0.952 0.697 0.389
0.186 0.590 1.518
3.756 2.297 1.897
graphite
0.365 0.299 0.291
2.925 2.663 2.630
1.737 1.332 1.286
mercury
0.780 0.779 0.773
2.250 1.426 1.034
5.515 4.464 3.748
nickel
0.663 0.596 0.520
2.131 1.726 1.628
3.932 3.105 2.581
palladium
0.743 0.690 0.649
1.837 1.582 1.385
4.529 3.704 3.180
platinum
0.683 0.629 0.581
2.489 2.054 1.814
4.389 3.581 3.067
silver
0.973 0.955 0.908
0.138 0.128 0.157
4.377 3.174 2.344
tungsten
0.508 0.492 0.467
3.695 3.453 3.338
2.830 2.714 2.498
solidThinking User Manual
green blue
Refraction
red
green blue
111
Section 5
"constant"
Class
Reflectance
Synopsis
Constant reflectance.
Description
A reflectance model providing a constant
color. This model ignores the effect of all light sources and
gives the same result as an environment containing a single,
white, ambient source with intensity 1.
112
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Reflectance Shaders
"decal"
Class
Reflectance
Synopsis
Reflectance shader that provides support for
surface property trees.
Description
Reflectance shader that provides support for
surface property trees.
There are several components to the decal shader. The current
'layer' is presented by the "decal color" shader, and the layer
beneath by the "base color" shader. The “selector” is the
transparency shader used to switch between the two color
shaders. The “decal texture space” is the texture space used
for the decal.
The “base displacement” is the displacement shader
representing the displacement beneath the decal, while “decal
displacement” is the displacement shader representing the
displacement of the decal itself. “base transparency” is the
transparency shader representing the transparency beneath the
decal, while “decal transparency” is the transparency shader
representing the transparency of the decal itself (the exact
meaning depends on the setting for ‘transparency mode’).
“base reflectance” is the reflectance shader representing the
reflectivity beneath the decal, while “decal reflectance” is the
color shader representing the reflectivity of the decal itself.
solidThinking User Manual
113
Section 5
"dielectric"
Class
Reflectance
Synopsis
Physically accurate glass-like simulation using
ray tracing, supporting reflection.
Description
A reflectance model that supports an accurate
simulation of dielectric (glass-like) materials that have both
reflective and transmissive properties. Secondary mirrored and
transmitted views are incorporated by the use of ray tracing.
Fresnel filtering is incorporated for the specular reflection, the
mirrored view and the transmitted view, for accurate modeling
of light interaction on the surfaces of objects.
Reflectance coefficients are provided to allow specification of
the amount of ambient, diffuse and specular light components,
and the contribution made by light from the mirror and
transmission directions, corresponding to arguments "ambient
factor", "diffuse factor", "specular factor", "mirror factor"
and "transmission factor" respectively.
The sharpness of the specular reflection highlights can be
controlled by means of argument "roughness". The reflection is
made sharper with small values for the roughness, such as 0.1.
Larger values, such as 10.0, decrease the specular fall-off.
The dielectric's index of refraction for all wavelengths of light is
given by the argument "refraction". The default value for the
refractive index corresponds to that for glass. The appropriate
value for other dielectrics can be obtained from published data
in handbooks of optical constants.
This model is appropriate for simulating glass surface finishes.
114
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Reflectance Shaders
"environment"
Class
Reflectance
Synopsis
Environment mapped reflectance.
Description
mapping.
A reflectance model providing environment
Reflectance coefficients are provided as arguments which allow
specification of the ambient ("ambient factor"), diffuse
("diffuse factor"), specular ("specular factor") and
environment ("environment factor") terms.
The sharpness of the specular reflection highlights can be
controlled by means of argument "roughness". The reflection is
made sharper with small values for the roughness, such as 0.1.
Larger values, such as 10.0, decrease the specular fall-off.
A scaling factor for the area of sampling in the global
environment map is given by "angle scale"; a value of 0 will
cause point sampling, a value greater than the default of 1 will
cause 'diffuse' environment reflections.
This model is suitable for reflective materials such as shiny
metals.
solidThinking User Manual
115
Section 5
"eye light plastic"
Class
Reflectance
Synopsis
Glossy plastic-like reflectance with a fixed
eye-light.
Description
Glossy plastic-like reflectance with a fixed
eye-light.
Reflectance coefficients are provided to allow specification of
the amount of ambient, diffuse and specular light reflected,
corresponding to arguments "ambient factor", "diffuse factor"
and "specular factor" respectively.
The sharpness of the specular reflection highlights can be
controlled by means of argument "roughness". The reflection is
made sharper with small values for the roughness, such as 0.1.
Larger values, such as 10.0, decrease the specular fall-off.
The color of the specular highlights is filtered by the color
argument "specular color".
“intensity” controls the intensity of the light, while “color” is
the color of the light.
116
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Reflectance Shaders
"glass"
Class
Reflectance
Synopsis
Approximation of glass-like materials using
ray tracing, supporting reflection and
refraction.
Description
A reflectance model that supports an
approximation of glass-like materials that have both reflective
and transmissive properties.
Secondary mirrored and transmitted views are incorporated by
the use of ray tracing.
Reflectance coefficients are provided as arguments which allow
specification of the amount of the specular light component
("specular factor", and the contribution made by light from the
mirror ("mirror factor") and transmission ("transmission
factor") directions.
The sharpness of the specular reflection highlights can be
controlled by means of argument "roughness". The reflection is
made sharper with small values for the roughness, such as 0.1.
Larger values, such as 10.0, decrease the specular fall-off.
The index of refraction for all wavelengths of light is given by
the argument "refraction". The default value for the refractive
index corresponds to that for glass.
The appropriate value for other materials can be obtained from
published data in handbooks of optical constants.
This model is appropriate for approximating glass surface
finishes.
solidThinking User Manual
117
Section 5
"glossy dielectric"
Class
Reflectance
Synopsis
Simulation of a glass-like dielectric surface.
Description
The color of the reflected and transmitted light
is affected by a drop-off effect.
Reflectance coefficients are provided to allow specification of
the amount of ambient, diffuse and specular light components,
and the contribution made by light from the mirror and
transmission directions, corresponding to arguments "ambient
factor", "diffuse factor", "specular factor", "min and max
mirror factor" and "min and max transmission factor"
respectively.
The sharpness of the specular reflection highlights can be
controlled by means of the argument "roughness". The
reflection is made sharper with small values for the roughness,
such as 0.1 or less. Larger values, such as 10.0, decrease the
specular fall-off.
The quality of the specular reflection highlights can be
controlled by means of the argument “blur quality”. “blur
quality settings” options include “scale by global”, “use local”
and “use global”. “blur factor” allows you to control the level
of blurring effect.
The glossy dielectric's index of refraction for all wavelengths of
light is given by the argument "refraction". The default value
for the refractive index corresponds to that for glass. The
appropriate value for other dielectrics can be obtained from
published data in handbooks of optical constants.
118
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Reflectance Shaders
"glossy glass"
Class
Reflectance
Synopsis
An approximation of glass-like materials using
ray-tracing, supporting reflection and
refraction and blurring effects.
Description
A reflectance model providing a glossy glass
appearance. The color of reflected and transmitted light is
affected by the drop-off effect.
Reflectance coefficients are provided to allow specification of
the amount of ambient, diffuse and specular light components,
and the contribution made by light from the mirror and
transmission directions, corresponding to arguments "ambient
factor", "diffuse factor", "specular factor", "min and max
mirror factor" and "min and max transmission factor"
respectively.
The sharpness of the specular reflection highlights can be
controlled by means of the argument "roughness". The
reflection is made sharper with small values for the roughness,
such as 0.1 or less. Larger values, such as 10.0, decrease the
specular fall-off.
The quality of the specular reflection highlights can be
controlled by means of the argument “blur quality”. “blur
quality settings” options include “scale by global”, “use local”
and “use global”. “blur factor” allows you to control the level
of blurring effect.
The glossy glass's index of refraction for all wavelengths of
light is given by the argument "refraction". The default value
for the refractive index corresponds to that for glass. The
appropriate value for other dielectrics can be obtained from
published data in handbooks of optical constants.
solidThinking User Manual
119
Section 5
"glossy metal"
Class
Reflectance
Synopsis
Simulation of a metallic surface with the color
of the reflected and transmitted light affected
by a drop off effect.
Description
A reflectance model providing a glossy
metallic appearance.
Reflectance coefficients are provided to allow specification of
the amount of ambient, diffuse, and specular light reflected in
arguments "ambient factor", “diffuse factor”, and "specular
factor" respectively, and the minimum and maximum
contributions made by light reflected in the mirror direction
("min mirror factor" and “max mirror factor”, respectively).
The “min reflection color” and “max reflection color” are the
minimum and maximum contributions made by the reflected
color.
The sharpness of specular reflections can be controlled by
means of the "roughness" argument. The reflection is made
sharper with small roughness values (less than 1), such as 0.1.
Larger values, such as 10.0, decrease the specular fall-off.
“refraction red”, “refraction green”, and “refraction blue”
indicate the refracted amount of each color. “absorption red”,
“absorption green” and “absorption blue” indicate the
absorption amount of each color.
The “drop off type” and “drop off direction” allow you to
modify the reflection, as do the blur arguments. “blur quality
settings” options include “scale by global”, “use local” and
“use global”. “blur factor” allows you to control the level of
blurring effect.
120
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Reflectance Shaders
"glossy mirror"
Class
Reflectance
Synopsis
Approximation of mirror reflecting materials
using ray tracing, supporting reflection.
Reflections can be modified by the drop off
effect and blurring.
Description
A reflectance model that supports secondary
mirrored views through ray tracing.
Reflectance coefficients are provided as arguments which allow
specification of the amount of ambient light ("ambient factor"),
diffuse light ("diffuse factor") and specular light ("specular
factor") components, and the minimum and maximum
contributions made by light reflected in the mirror direction
("min mirror factor" and “max mirror factor”, respectively).
The “min reflection color” and “max reflection color” are the
minimum and maximum contributions made by the reflected
color.
The sharpness of the specular reflection highlights can be
controlled by means of argument "roughness". The reflection is
made sharper with small values for the roughness, such as 0.1 or
less. Larger values, such as 10.0, decrease the specular fall-off.
The “drop off type” and “drop off direction” allow you to
modify the reflection, as do the blur arguments. “blur quality
settings” options include “scale by global”, “use local” and
“use global”. “blur factor” allows you to control the level of
blurring effect.
solidThinking User Manual
121
Section 5
"lit appearance"
Class
Reflectance
Synopsis
Physically accurate dielectric-like scattering,
combined with a user-defined glow.
Description
Physically accurate dielectric-like scattering,
combined with a user-defined glow. Gives the effect of a
surface which is internally as well as externally lit (such as a
lampshade).
Reflectance coefficients are provided as arguments which allow
specification of the amount of ambient light ("ambient factor"),
diffuse light ("diffuse factor") and specular light ("specular
factor") components, and the contribution made by light
reflected in the mirror direction ("mirror factor").
“transmission factor” is the contribution made by light from
the transmission direction.
The sharpness of specular reflections can be controlled by
means of the "roughness" argument. The reflection is made
sharper with small roughness values (less than 1), such as 0.1.
Larger values, such as 10.0, decrease the specular fall-off.
“refraction” is the dielectric’s index of refraction for all
wavelengths of light.
“light intensity”, “light intensity units”, and “light color”
combine to specify the color and brightness of the light which
appears to be emitting from the object’s surface.
Only when the “light intensity units” are Lumen is the “object
area” parameter active. Lumen = lux*m2. “object size” is taken
to be the length of the diagonal of a cuboid whose side length
(small, medium, large) are such that both of the pairings
small:medium and medium:large satisfy the golden ratio.
122
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Reflectance Shaders
"matte"
Class
Reflectance
Synopsis
Dull matte-like reflectance.
Description
appearance.
A reflectance model providing a dull matte
Reflectance coefficients are provided to allow specification of
the amount of ambient and diffuse light reflected in arguments
"ambient factor" and "diffuse factor" respectively.
This model is suitable for non-glossy materials such as brick or
fabric.
solidThinking User Manual
123
Section 5
"metal"
Class
Reflectance
Synopsis
Shiny metallic reflectance.
Description
A reflectance model providing a specular
metallic appearance.
Reflectance coefficients are provided to allow specification of
the amount of ambient and specular light reflected in arguments
"ambient factor" and "specular factor" respectively.
The sharpness of specular reflections can be controlled by
means of the "roughness" argument. The reflection is made
sharper with small roughness values (less than 1), such as 0.1.
Larger values, such as 10.0, decrease the specular fall-off.
This model is suitable for most metallic materials such as steel
or brass.
124
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Reflectance Shaders
"mirror"
Class
Reflectance
Synopsis
Approximation of mirror reflecting materials
using ray tracing, supporting reflection.
Description
A reflectance model that supports secondary
mirrored views through ray tracing.
Reflectance coefficients are provided as arguments which allow
specification of the amount of ambient light ("ambient factor"),
diffuse light ("diffuse factor") and specular light ("specular
factor") components, and the contribution made by light
reflected in the mirror direction ("mirror factor").
The sharpness of the specular reflection highlights can be
controlled by means of argument "roughness". The reflection is
made sharper with small values for the roughness, such as 0.1 or
less. Larger values, such as 10.0, decrease the specular fall-off.
This model is appropriate for representing mirror-like surface
finishes.
solidThinking User Manual
125
Section 5
"multilayer paint"
Class
Reflectance
Synopsis
Empirical simulation of multi-layer paint
surfaces.
Description
A reflectance that simulates the effects of
multi-layer paint used in the automobile industry.
The reflectance effect is achieved by combining several
difference reflectance models into a single shader. The shader is
build using a combination of other reflectance shaders. This
means that there will be parameter duplications. This is
necessary to allow for individual control of each layer's
properties such as the reflection from the lacquer layer and the
metallic layer.
The exact meaning of each of the arguments is given below:
"lacquer specular factor" Specular factor for the lacquer layer.
"lacquer transmission factor" Transmission factor for the
lacquer layer. The underlying color is filtered by this value.
"lacquer mirror factor" Mirror factor for the lacquer layer.
"lacquer roughness" Roughness of the lacquer layer.
"lacquer refraction" Refraction index of the lacquer layer.
"metallic layer factor" Contribution of the metallic layer. The
inverse determines the contribution from the base layer.
"metallic flakes" Select the 'metal' of the flakes.
126
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Reflectance Shaders
"metallic roughness" Sharpness of the flakes' reflection. This is
similar to the 'conductor' shader 'roughness' parameter.
"metallic scale", "metallic amplitude", "metallic detail", and
"metallic sharpness" are taken from 'rough' to simulate micro
facet surfaces.
"base ambient factor" Ambient factor for the base layer.
"base diffuse factor" Diffuse factor for the base layer.
solidThinking User Manual
127
Section 5
"phong"
Class
Reflectance
Synopsis
Phong-style reflectance.
Description
A reflectance model conforming with the
popular Phong model in which reflections are greatest in the
``mirror'' direction of a surface opposite the viewing direction
with respect to the surface normal.
Reflectance coefficients are provided to allow specification of
the amount of ambient, diffuse and specular light reflected,
corresponding to arguments "ambient factor", "diffuse factor"
and "specular factor" respectively.
The sharpness of the specular reflection highlights can be
controlled by means of argument "exponent". The reflection is
made sharper with large values of the exponent, such as 10.0.
Small values, such as 1.0, decrease the specular fall-off.
The color of the specular highlights is filtered by the color
argument "specular color".
This model is suitable for shiny or highly polished materials
such as ceramic or glass.
128
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Reflectance Shaders
"plastic"
Class
Reflectance
Synopsis
Glossy plastic-like reflectance.
Description
A reflectance model providing a specular
effect which is similar to the Phong model.
Reflectance coefficients are provided to allow specification of
the amount of ambient, diffuse and specular light reflected,
corresponding to arguments "ambient factor", "diffuse factor"
and "specular factor" respectively.
The sharpness of the specular reflection highlights can be
controlled by means of argument "roughness". The reflection is
made sharper with small values for the roughness, such as 0.1.
Larger values, such as 10.0, decrease the specular fall-off.
The color of the specular highlights is filtered by the color
argument "specular color".
This model is suitable for shiny or highly polished materials
such as plastic or varnished surfaces.
solidThinking User Manual
129
Section 5
"radiosity stepped false"
Class
Reflectance
Synopsis
Supports false color renderings of radiosity
solutions or other high dynamic range images.
Description
Produces false color rendering of illuminance
and luminosity values, when rendering scenes lit using global
illumination (e.g. radiosity) or high dynamic range image
(HDRI) based lighting.
“steps” is the number of steps or bands of color between the
minimum color and maximum color bands (the total number of
color bands is therefore two more than this value).
“min” is the minimum illuminance or luminosity level, any
point darker than this is rendered using the color specified as
“min color”. This value is measured in lux (lumens per square
meter). “max” is the maximum illuminance or luminosity level,
any point brighter than this is rendered using the color specified
as “max color”. This value is measure in lux.
“min color” and “max color” are the colors used for the darkest
and brightest areas, respectively.
“color 1” is the color of the first band between the minimum
and maximum bands. “color 2” thru “color 9” is the nth band of
color between the minimum and maximum bands, respectively.
“incident” specifies whether the shader calculates the amount
of light incident upon a surface (illuminance) or the amount
reflected by the surface (luminosity).
If on, “logarithmic” the shader will use a logarithmic scale
when mapping from the luminous energy per unit are to a false
color. This is useful when there is a large dynamic range in the
130
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Reflectance Shaders
image.
“diffuse” is the amount of diffuse reflectance; needed to
correctly calculate the reflected luminosity (if “incident” is on).
You should set this to the diffuse factor for the reflectance
shader that the material would use if it were not using this
shader instead.
solidThinking User Manual
131
Section 5
"shadow catcher"
Class
Reflectance
Synopsis
Allows shadows to fall upon hidden geometry
in a scene.
Description
Usually the supplied geometry will follow
some detail depicted by a background image. This then allows
objects that have been placed in the scene to cast shadows that
appear to interact with the background in a natural way.
The “catch” parameter allows the shadow analysis to be
controlled: If you set None, shadow analysis is not performed
but the shadow catcher primitive is shaded directly with the
background followed by execution of any specified reflectance
shader. If you set Catch all, shadows are cast by the scene
geometry and the absence of light is considered as total shadow.
For example, a region outside a spot light cone is determined to
be in total shadow. If you set Shadows only, shadow analysis is
performed as described above but in this mode only shadow
created by geometry is considered to be a true shadow.
“shadow color” specifies a filter color to be applied to the
shadow. Use this parameter to tint a shadow a desired color, for
example to match the ambient lighting conditions. Note that if
any ambient light is illuminating the scene then it only affects
the shadowed area and not the shadow catcher geometry as a
whole. The effects of ambient lighting are added to the shadow
region before any filtering by shadow color is performed.
132
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Reflectance Shaders
Any ambient lighting contributions to the shadow region are
also clamped to ensure that this region is never brighter than its
surroundings. “shadow brightness” limits the darkest value that
a shadow can be, where 0.0 is total shadow (i.e., black) and 1.0
is total illumination. This threshold value is applied as a limiting
value to the total shadow at a point. The total shadow is the sum
of the individual shadow contributions from each light source.
“reflectance” a reflectance class shader that may be used as
input to the shader to provide the geometry with the reflectance
properties that match the scenery it represents. For example, a
reflectance shader may be used so that background covered by a
shadow catcher responds to the lighting conditions in a natural
way.
solidThinking User Manual
133
Section 5
"translucency"
Class
Reflectance
Synopsis
Simulates a non-reflective translucent surface
lit from behind.
Description
A reflectance model providing a translucent,
backlit appearance.
The diffuse lighting component is obtained from lights on
opposite side of the surface to the viewer, i.e., surface normal is
effectively reversed. Reflectance co-efficients allowing
specification of this amount of ambient light and degree of
translucency are supplied by arguments "ambient factor" and
"translucency factor" respectively. “diffuse factor” is the
amount of the diffuse light reflected. This model is suitable for
non-glossy, translucent materials such as dull, translucent
plastic.
134
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Reflectance Shaders
"translucent plastic"
Class
Reflectance
Synopsis
Glossy plastic-like reflectance with
translucency.
Description
A reflectance model providing a specular
effect which is similar to the Phong model with translucency.
Reflectance is as for the "plastic" shader but an additional
diffuse term is added which represents the diffuse contribution
from lights on the reverse side of the surface. The degree of
translucency is controlled by the argument "translucency
factor".
Reflectance co-efficients are provided which allow specification
of the amount of ambient, diffuse and specular light reflected,
corresponding to arguments "ambient factor", "diffuse factor"
and "specular factor" respectively.
The sharpness of the specular reflection highlights can be
controlled by means of argument "roughness". The reflection is
made sharper with small values for the roughness, such as 0.1.
Larger values, such as 10.0, decrease the specular fall-off. The
color of the specular highlights is filtered by the color argument
"specular color". This model is suitable for shiny or highly
polished translucent materials such as translucent plastic.
solidThinking User Manual
135
Section 5
"wrapped anisotropic"
Class
Reflectance
Synopsis
Approximation of surface with parallel
scratches or ridges, such as brushed metal.
Description
Anisotropic reflectance shader simulates the
directional reflectance properties of surfaces covered in parallel
scratches or grooves. Useful for simulating polished metal or
grooved surfaces.
Surface scratches are approximated by thin cylinders. The
degree of anisotropy of the surface can be controlled by varying
the distance between the cylinders using the "cylinder distance"
parameter. A distance of 0.0 gives isotropic (normal) reflection
and distance of 2.0 gives maximum anisotropy. The height of
the floor across the cylinders may also be specified with the
"floor height" parameter. A value of 0.0 gives no floor, a value
of 1.0 gives a completely flat, isotropic surface.
“scratches” specifies whether scratches on a surface should
appear. 0.0 means that there are no scratches, while 1.0 means
that scratches are clearly visible. The thickness of the scratches
is determined by “scratches thickness”. The lower the value,
the thinner the scratches. “scratches variation” controls
whether scratches are uniform (0.0) or there is color variation
alone lines (1.0 gives the strongest variation). “scratches
variation scale” specifies the frequency of the variation along
the scratches. Small values create a grainy effect while higher
values create visible lines.
The surface direction is determined from the axes of the texture
space assigned to the primitive. Cylinders are aligned at 90
degrees to the s-axis of the texture co-ordinate system (i.e.,
aligned with the t-axis for a right angled texture co-ordinate
system). It is important to assign the correct texture co-ordinates
136
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Reflectance Shaders
to achieve the desired effect. The effect of default texture coordinates is undefined.
Reflectance co-efficients are provided as arguments which allow
specification of the amount of ambient light ("ambient factor"),
diffuse light ("diffuse factor") and specular light ("specular
factor") components as for the plastic shader. The sharpness of
the specular highlights can be controlled using the "roughness"
parameter and the color may be controlled using the "specular
color" parameter.
solidThinking User Manual
137
Section 5
"wrapped circular anisotropic"
Class
Reflectance
Synopsis
Approximation of surface with many small
areas of concentric rings of scratches or ridges
repeated over the surface.
Description
Anisotropic reflectance shader that simulates
the directional reflectance properties of surfaces covered in a
repeating pattern of concentric scratches or grooves.
Surface scratches are approximated by thin cylinders. The
degree of anisotropy of the surface can be controlled by varying
the distance between the cylinders using the "cylinder distance"
parameter. A distance of 0.0 gives isotropic (normal) reflection,
and distance of 2.0 gives maximum anisotropy. A distance of
greater than 2.0 gives a flat floor between cylinders which
reflects light isotropically. The height of the floor across the
cylinders may also be specified with the "floor height"
parameter. A value of 0.0 gives no floor, a value of 1.0 gives a
completely flat, isotropic surface.
The center of the circular pattern is defined to be at (0.5, 0.5) in
texture space.
"scale" controls how many times the image texture will repeat
(over a given area).
The horizontal and vertical frequency of the pattern may be
controlled using the "width" and "height" parameters. Setting
either of these to zero (default) prevents the pattern from
repeating. The pattern is also aligned with the s and t texture
coordinate axes and hence texture coordinates or a texture space
must be supplied to ensure the correct results. Texture
coordinates may also be used to control the frequency,
orientation and alignment of the circular patches. If the texture
138
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Reflectance Shaders
coordinates are supplied by a texture space shader then primitive
need not be triangulated, but the behavior of the shader along
surfaces with constant s or t is undefined. “overlap” controls
whether or not the circles overlap.
Reflectance co-efficients are provided as arguments which
allow specification of the amount of ambient light ("ambient
factor"), diffuse light ("diffuse factor") and specular light
("specular factor") components as for the plastic shader. The
sharpness of the specular highlights can be controlled using the
"roughness" parameter and the color may be controlled using
the "specular color" parameter.
“scratches” specifies whether scratches on a surface should
appear. 0.0 means that there are no scratches, while 1.0 means
that scratches are clearly visible. The thickness of the scratches
is determined by “scratches thickness”. The lower the value,
the thinner the scratches. “scratches variation” controls
whether scratches are uniform (0.0) or there is color variation
alone lines (1.0 gives the strongest variation). “scratches
variation scale” specifies the frequency of the variation along
the scratches. Small values create a grainy effect while higher
values create visible lines.
solidThinking User Manual
139
Section 5
"wrapped mirror map"
Class
Reflectance
Synopsis
Approximation of mirror reflecting materials
using ray tracing, supporting reflection with
degree of reflectance determined by red
component of an image map.
Description
A reflectance model that supports secondary
mirrored views through ray tracing, with degree of reflectance
determined by the red component of a texture image.
The image is specified via the name of a file ("file name").
Reflectance coefficients are provided as arguments which allow
specification of the amount of ambient light ("ambient factor"),
diffuse light ("diffuse factor") and specular light ("specular
factor") components, and the contribution made by light
reflected in the mirror direction ("mirror factor").
The sharpness of the specular reflection highlights can be
controlled by means of argument "roughness". The reflection is
made sharper with small values for the roughness, such as 0.1 or
less. Larger values, such as 10.0, decrease the specular fall-off.
"scale" controls how many times the image texture will repeat
(over a given area).
Allows the “aspect ratio” (width divided by height) of the
texture to be altered (this should normally be the aspect ratio of
the original image to avoid it appearing “squashed” when
rendered.
The width and height of the image file are given by "width" and
"height", respectively.
In the case of images with four channels, “use alpha channel”
decides which channel to be used. If the parameter is false, the
140
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Reflectance Shaders
red component is used.
used.
Otherwise, the alpha component is
“softness” controls the degree of blurring on the image texture.
This model is appropriate for representing mirror-like surface
finishes in which the degree of reflectance is variable across the
surface.
solidThinking User Manual
141
Section 5
"wrapped specular map"
Class
Reflectance
Synopsis
Approximation of mirror reflecting materials
using ray tracing, supporting reflection with
the specular and mirror factors determined by
image maps.
Description
A reflectance model that supports secondary
mirrored views through ray tracing, with degree of reflectance
determined by the image maps.
The image is specified via the name of a file ("file name"). The
specular map is specified via the name of a file ("specular map
file name"). Reflectance coefficients are provided as arguments
which allow specification of the amount of ambient light
("ambient factor"), diffuse light ("diffuse factor") and the
minimum and maximum specular light ("min specular factor"
and ("max specular factor", respectively) components, and the
contribution made by light reflected in the mirror direction
("mirror factor").
The sharpness of the specular reflection highlights can be
controlled by means of arguments "min roughness” and “max
roughness”. The reflection is made sharper with small values
for the roughness, such as 0.1 or less. Larger values, such as
10.0, decrease the specular fall-off.
"scale" controls how many times the image texture will repeat
(over a given area).
Allows the “aspect ratio” (width divided by height) of the
texture to be altered (this should normally be the aspect ratio of
the original image to avoid it appearing “squashed” when
rendered.
142
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Reflectance Shaders
The width and height of the image file are given by "width" and
"height", respectively.
“softness” controls the degree of blurring on the image texture.
Other parameters include:
“use mirror map alpha channel”
“invert mirror map alpha”
“use specular map alpha channel”
“invert specular map alpha”
“specular factor interpolator”
“specular factor interpolator parameter”
“roughness interpolator”
“roughness interpolator parameter”
solidThinking User Manual
143
Section 5
"wrapped woven anisotropic"
Class
Reflectance
Synopsis
Approximation of woven materials such as
satin cloth.
Description
Approximation of woven materials such as
satin cloth
Reflectance co-efficients are provided as arguments which
allow specification of the amount of ambient light ("ambient
factor"), diffuse light ("diffuse factor") and specular light
("specular factor") components as for the plastic shader. The
sharpness of the specular highlights can be controlled using the
"roughness" parameter and the color may be controlled using
the "specular color" parameter.
Surface scratches are approximated by thin cylinders. The
degree of anisotropy of the surface can be controlled by varying
the distance between the cylinders using the "cylinder distance"
parameter. A distance of 0.0 gives isotropic (normal) reflection,
and distance of 2.0 gives maximum anisotropy. A distance of
greater than 2.0 gives a flat floor between cylinders which
reflects light isotropically. The height of the floor across the
cylinders may also be specified with the "floor height"
parameter. A value of 0.0 gives no floor, a value of 1.0 gives a
completely flat, isotropic surface.
“bias” controls the relative contribution of the two directions of
threads.
“threads” specifies whether lines representing threads of a
material should appear. 0.0 means that there are no threads,
while 1.0 means that threads are clearly visible. The thickness
of the threads is determined by “threads thickness”. The
lower the value, threads are uniform (0.0) or there is color
144
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Reflectance Shaders
variation alone lines (1.0 gives the strongest variation).
“threads variation scale” specifies the frequency of the
variation along the threads. Small values create a grainy effect
while higher values create visible lines.
solidThinking User Manual
145
Section 5
146
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Transparency Shaders
"edge"
Class
Transparency
Synopsis
Surface erosion.
Description
A transparency shader operating as a stencil
that creates the illusion of erosion on a surface.
solidThinking User Manual
147
Section 5
"eroded"
Class
Transparency
Synopsis
Surface erosion.
Description
A transparency shader operating as a stencil
that creates the illusion of erosion on a surface.
The scale of the erosions is given by parameter "scale";
increasing this value will increase the size of the erosions.
The degree of erosion is controlled by the "coverage"
parameter, this being a value in the range zero to one where one
denotes full coverage (no erosions) and zero no coverage
(complete erosion).
The edges of the erosions are given a fuzziness whose value is
based upon the "fuzz" parameter, which should be in the range
zero to one, with larger values producing softer edges to the
erosions.
148
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Transparency Shaders
"glow"
Class
Transparency
Synopsis
Transparency shader that can be used to create
effect of a region of glow around a light
source.
Description
Transparency shader which varies coverage
(alpha) value depending on the angle between surface normal
and view direction. Useful for creating glow effects when
applied to spheroid surfaces (such as spheres or ellipsoids).
Such spheres are placed around a light source, this transparency
shader is applied, and the effect is of a spherical glow around
the light source.
The coverage can be set for the center ("center coverage") and
the edge ("edge coverage"). If a sphere is used with a high
central coverage and near-zero edge coverage the effect is of a
gradually diminishing glow around the light source. If edge
coverage is higher than central coverage the effect is similar to a
bubble around the light source.
“zero angle” controls the angle on the sphere at which the glow
effect falls to zero.
“edge falloff” controls the sharpness of the edge of the glow
region.
The transparency effect can be modulated by a noise value, or
“noise density” to give a more cloudy effect. The amount of
noise to modulate the coverage value by is controlled by this
argument. “detail” controls the detail or complexity of the
noise. “scale” scales the noise effect.
solidThinking User Manual
149
Section 5
"label"
Class
Transparency
Synopsis
A transparency shader specific for labeling.
Description
A transparency shader which gives you
specific controls over an image labeled over a surface.
The parameter "inside coverage" determines the ratio of area
covered by the label to the area not covered: a value of zero
means the label is completely transparent. "outside coverage"
determines the ratio of area covered by the background to the
area not covered: a value of zero means the background is
completely transparent.
The sharpness of the label edges is controlled by "u fuzz" and
"u fuzz". A value of zero gives very sharply defined edges, a
value of one gives very fuzzy edges.
150
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Transparency Shaders
"plain"
Class
Transparency
Synopsis
A plain, uniform transparency.
Description
The transparency is specified as a color filter
value by argument "color". This enables colored transparency
and translucency, such as colored glass, to be simulated. Each of
the red, green and blue components of the "color" argument
should lie in the range 0.0 to 1.0, where a value of 0.0
corresponds to completely transparent, and 1.0 to completely
opaque.
solidThinking User Manual
151
Section 5
"plain coverage"
Class
Transparency
Synopsis
A plain, uniform transparency.
Description
Applies a constant alpha transparency value to
a material. Set the parameter "coverage" with a value and the
material will be rendered with an alpha transparency equal to
that value, e.g., set coverage to 0.5 and the object will appear 50
transparent. Set to 1.0 for opaque and 0.0 for invisible. The
transparency is constant across the object.
152
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Transparency Shaders
"wrapped checker"
Class
Transparency
Synopsis
A wrapped checker transparency pattern.
Description
A wrapped
transparency pattern.
texture
giving
a
checker
The degree of transparency of the squares is specified by means
of the arguments "odd coverage" and "even coverage".
The size (both width and height) of the squares in the local
coordinate system is specified by argument "size".
“scale” is the overall scaling factor. Increasing this value will
make the pattern appear larger.
“fuzz” controls the amount of blurring of the edge of the
squares.
solidThinking User Manual
153
Section 5
"wrapped grid"
Class
Transparency
Synopsis
A grid transparency pattern.
Description
A transparency shader providing a grid pattern
in texture space. The grid will appear opaque, with holes visible
between the grid lines.
An overall scaling factor for the pattern is given by parameter
"scale"; increasing this value will make the pattern appear
larger.
The width and height of the repeated grid pattern are given by
"width" and "height" respectively, and the grid lines width and
height are specified by "grid size".
A transparency value as a scalar quantity can be specified for
the grid pattern with parameter "transparency", where a value
of zero indicates opaque, and a value of one fully transparent.
“fuzz” controls the amount of blurring of the edge of the
squares.
154
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Transparency Shaders
"wrapped image"
Class
Transparency
Synopsis
A wrapped texture
transparency mapping.
to
provide
image
Description
A wrapped texture that provides image
mapping for transparency shading.
The name of the file containing the image data is provided as a
string to parameter "file name". The file must contain image
data in a format for which an appropriate image driver is
currently installed.
“scale” controls how many time the image texture will repeat
(over a given area).
Allows the “aspect ratio” (width divided by height) of the
texture to be altered (this should normally be the aspect ratio of
the original image to avoid it appearing “squashed” when
rendered.
“softness” controls the degree of blurring on the image texture.
solidThinking User Manual
155
Section 5
"wrapped mask"
Class
Transparency
Synopsis
Wrapped image in which the red channel is
interpreted as the transparency alpha value.
Description
The image/texture file specified is used as a
mask by interpreting the 'red' channel of the file as the
transparency alpha value: i.e., a value of 0.0 is transparent, and
a value of 1.0 opaque.
Values between 0.0 and 1.0 allow the background to be seen
'through' the foreground (i.e., a translucent effect is generated).
The "wrapped mask" transparency shader would often be used
as transparency shader associated with a "decal" shader.
The name of the file containing the image data is provided as a
string to parameter "file name". The file must contain image
data in a format for which an appropriate image driver is
currently installed.
"scale" controls how many times the image texture will repeat
(over a given area).
Allows the “aspect ratio” (width divided by height) of the
texture to be altered (this should normally be the aspect ratio of
the original image to avoid it appearing “squashed” when
rendered.
The width and height of the image file are given by "width" and
"height", respectively.
“softness” controls the degree of blurring on the image texture.
Mask may be inverted by setting the “invert mask” parameter
to true.
156
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Transparency Shaders
For RGBA images, “use alpha channel” decides which channel
to be used. If it is set to false, the red channel is used; otherwise
the
alpha
channel
is
used.
solidThinking User Manual
157
Section 5
"wrapped square"
Class
Transparency
Synopsis
A square region of transparency.
Description
A transparency shader that provides a single
square aligned with the texture space.
There is a soft edge to the square, expressed as a 'fuzz' factor
which encodes a value in the range 0 to 1. Fuzz can be specified
separately for the s and t dimensions. The alpha value inside and
outside the square are given by "inside coverage" and "outside
coverage" respectively.
The degree of edges blurring can be controlled by the "fuzz"
parameter. The parameter range is 0.0 to 1.0. 0.0 means no fuzz,
i.e. edges are razor sharp. 1.0 gives maximal blurring, i.e. the
blurred area width is equal to the half of the square size.
“s min” and “s max” are the minimum and maximum extent of
the square, respectively, in the direction of the s-axis.
“t min” and “t max” are the minimum and maximum extent of
the square, respectively, in the direction of the t-axis.
“s fuzz” and “t fuzz” control the amount of blurring in the
direction of the s-axis and t-axis, respectively.
“inside coverage” is the alpha value inside the square, while
“outside coverage” is the alpha value outside the square.
“scale” is the overall scaling factor. Increasing this value will
make the pattern appear larger.
158
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Transparency Shaders
"x-ray"
solidThinking User Manual
Class
Transparency
Synopsis
A transparency shader which provides an x-ray
like effect.
Description
The transparency of the surface is controlled
by the drop-off coefficient, which depends on
the type of the drop-off and the angle between
the surface normal and the chosen drop-off
direction.
159
Section 5
160
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Displacement Shaders
"birch"
Class
Displacement
Synopsis
A version of the general "wood" advanced
wood displacement shader with pre-defined
values appropriate to a birch-like appearance.
Description
This shader is simply a copy of the generalpurpose "wood" shader where all the argument values have been
pre-chosen to produce the appearance of birch. The arguments
may of course be fine-tuned to suit particular jobs.
“displacement amplitude” controls the overall degree of
displacement.
The orientation of the tree from which the wood is taken is
specified by a point which lies on the axis in argument "trunk
centre" and a direction vector pointing along the axis of the tree
in argument "trunk direction".
An overall scaling factor is supplied in argument "scale", which
determines the radius difference of two adjacent rings. 0.01
means that there are 100 rings per unit length along the trunk
radius. Choose a value appropriate to the units in which your
geometry is modeled. The default value is appropriate for
modeling in meters.
“ring displacement” controls the displacement of the rings.
“ring fuzz in” and “ring fuzz out” specify the sharpness of the
edges of the inside and outside of the rings, respectively (the
value actually represents the fraction of the ring width over
which the interpolation from one color to the other is done).
“ring width” is the width of the rings relative to the tree’s
trunk. 0.0 means no ring at all, 1.0 means that all the trunk area
solidThinking User Manual
161
Section 5
is covered by the ring color.
“gnarl” allows random perturbation of the regular rings inside
the trunk. This allows localized knot patterns to form.
“grain” determines the intensity of the random grain effect.
“ring fuzz grain” is the amplitude of the high frequency
perturbations of the ring edges.
“grain scale” determines the size of the grain in relation to the
ring size (both the random grain flecks and the ring fuzz grain).
162
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Displacement Shaders
"blue marble"
Class
Displacement
Synopsis
A blue marble displacement pattern.
Description
appearance.
A displacement pattern giving a blue marble
“displacement amplitude” controls the overall degree of
displacement.
The detail or complexity of the texture may be controlled by
means of the "detail" argument. A value of 1 will give a simple
outline of the marble pattern, while a larger value such as 5 or 6
will give fine detail in the texture.
An overall scaling factor is provided in argument "scale";
increasing this value will make the marble texture appear larger.
solidThinking User Manual
163
Section 5
"casting"
Class
Displacement
Synopsis
A cast metal-like finish.
Description
A displacement providing an irregular casting
pattern. This pattern is derived from two superimposed noise
functions, providing displacements and indentations, the latter
of which being used to scale the displacements.
The magnitude of the surface displacements, expressed as a
factor, typically in the range 0.0 to 1.0, is specified by argument
"casting amplitude", and the amplitude of the indentations that
superimpose the displacements is specified by "dented
amplitude".
An integer value which controls the detail or complexity of the
texture is specified by argument "detail", such that a value of 1
will give a simple perturbation, while a larger value such as 5 or
6 will produce fine detail in the pattern.
An overall scaling factor may be supplied in argument "scale";
increasing this value will make the surface perturbations appear
larger.
Scaling of the indentations can be controlled separately by the
argument "dented scale".
164
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Displacement Shaders
The relative contributions made by the displacements and
indentations are controlled by argument "dented threshold".
This value should vary between 0.0 and 1.0, with a value of 0.0
causing maximum interaction.
This displacement is suitable for any surface where an irregular
roughness is required.
solidThinking User Manual
165
Section 5
"cherry"
Class
Displacement
Synopsis
A version of the general "wood" advanced
wood displacement shader with pre-defined
values appropriate to a cherrywood-like
appearance.
Description
This shader is simply a copy of the generalpurpose "wood" shader where all the argument values have been
pre-chosen to produce the appearance of cherrywood. The
arguments may of course be fine-tuned to suit particular jobs.
“displacement amplitude” controls the overall degree of
displacement.
The orientation of the tree from which the wood is taken is
specified by a point which lies on the axis in argument "trunk
centre" and a direction vector pointing along the axis of the tree
in argument "trunk direction".
An overall scaling factor is supplied in argument "scale", which
determines the radius difference of two adjacent rings. 0.01
means that there are 100 rings per unit length along the trunk
radius. Choose a value appropriate to the units in which your
geometry is modeled. The default value is appropriate for
modeling in meters.
“ring displacement” controls the displacement of the rings.
“ring fuzz in” and “ring fuzz out” specify the sharpness of the
edges of the inside and outside of the rings, respectively (the
value actually represents the fraction of the ring width over
which the interpolation from one color to the other is done).
“ring width” is the width of the rings relative to the tree’s
166
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Displacement Shaders
trunk. 0.0 means no ring at all, 1.0 means that all the trunk area
is covered by the ring color.
“gnarl” allows random perturbation of the regular rings inside
the trunk. This allows localized knot patterns to form.
“grain” determines the intensity of the random grain effect.
“ring fuzz grain” is the amplitude of the high frequency
perturbations of the ring edges.
“grain scale” determines the size of the grain in relation to the
ring size (both the random grain flecks and the ring fuzz grain).
solidThinking User Manual
167
Section 5
"color displacement"
Class
Displacement
Synopsis
A displacement shader which calculates
displacement to match a specified color
shader.
Description
A displacement shader which calculates
displacement to match a specified color shader
that is defined by “color shader”.
“amplitude” is the overall amount of displacement.
“view dependent sampling” specifies whether view dependent
sampling is used. This helps reveal details of materials viewed
at short distance, and reduces noise when viewed at long
distance. Generally, this should be turned on in most cases.
168
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Displacement Shaders
"cubes"
Class
Displacement
Synopsis
A three-dimensional lattice of cubes with
alternating colors.
Description
A solid texture corresponding to a threedimensional lattice of cubes with alternating colors.
“displacement amplitude” controls the overall degree of
displacement.
The lattice is aligned with the axis of the local coordinate
system. The size of each cube measured in the local coordinate
system is set by argument "scale".
“cubes displacement” is the displacement of alternate cubes.
“fuzz” values close to zero give sharp edges, values closer to
1.0 give softer, fuzzier edges.
solidThinking User Manual
169
Section 5
"granite"
Class
Displacement
Synopsis
A solid texture giving a granite like pattern.
Description
A displacement shader that imitates the
appearance of granite. Granite looks the way it does because it
is composed of several different sorts of minerals which form
grains of various sizes. Different types of granite differ in the
relative number and sizes of the different grains of mineral. The
argument "type" is used to specify the following common types
of granite:
type
sierra
description
Small variations in grain size, minerals
distributed uniformly.
bianco
Bigger variations in grain size, minerals
distributed uniformly.
diamond
Domination of coarse grains, with small
addition of fine-grained minerals.
azalea
Fine-grained with small addition of largegrained mineral.
auburn
Very large grains of the dominating mineral,
the remaining minerals being distributed
uniformly in small grains.
In addition to these standard pre-defined types of granite, it is
possible to create you own unique types of granite using the
other shader arguments described below.
The granite pattern is made up of four separate minerals, the
average grain size of each mineral being different.
170
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Displacement Shaders
“displacement amplitude” controls the overall degree of
displacement.
The minerals are numbered in order of decreasing grain size,
and the height of each can be specified, so argument "mineral 1
height" specifies the color of the mineral which causes the
largest grains, and "mineral 4 height" specifies the height of
the mineral which causes the smallest type of grains.
The overall granite texture can be scaled using the "scale"
argument (the smaller this value is, the smaller all of the granite
grains will appear). The curvature of the borders or edges of
fragments within the grains can be controlled using the
arguments "fragment softness" (which affects strength of
random deformation of grains) and "fragment detail" (which
determines scale of this deformation). A value of 1.0 for
"fragment detail" defines smooth deformations, larger values
increase frequency and deformations become denser and more
rough.
Every mineral grain can be subdivided into smaller fragments,
within which colors vary slightly from the color determined for
the mineral to which a grain belongs. The argument "fragment
size" describes the average size of such fragments, relative to
the size of the largest grains. Grains whose size is smaller or
equal to this argument value are not divided into smaller
fragments. Note that "fragment size" must be lower or equal to
1.0, and greater than 0.0. A value of 1.0 for this argument means
there will be no subdivision. The height of the fragments
constituting each mineral grain can also vary from the base
mineral color. This is controlled by the "height variation"
argument, which can vary from 0.0 (no differences) to 1.0
(maximum differences).
The effect of `cracks' on the borders between fragments can be
introduced by setting the argument "cracks" to a value greater
than 0.0. A value of 1.0 produces brightest cracks. The
argument "height noise" defines the intensity of the randomly
distributed noise that will be applied to texture.
solidThinking User Manual
171
Section 5
The noise is superimposed uniformly on all mineral grains
appearing in the pattern. The density of the noise is controlled
by the argument "height noise scale", which should be defined
relative to "scale". This means that setting this argument to 1.0
causes the average size of the random spots added to the pattern
to be comparable to the size of the largest grains.
Finally, the argument "random seed" allows you to change the
random distribution of grains. Different values will produce
various patterns.
172
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Displacement Shaders
"leather"
Class
Displacement
Synopsis
Models surface texture of leather using a solid
displacement texture.
Description
Displacement shader which mimics the
surface detail of leather using a solid texture. The basic pattern
is a series of "cells" of unit size which vary from square to
irregular convex shape using the parameter "irregularity"
which varies from 0.0 to 1.0.
The height of each cell is controlled using "cell amplitude" and
the smoothness of the edges is controlled by a smooth step
function with the minimum and maximum values set using
"smooth min" and "smooth max" parameters. The shape of the
grooves between cells can also be controlled.
The parameter "curve amplitude" determines how curved the
edges of the cells are, the parameter "curve frequency"
determines how wriggly the edges are, with a value of 1.0
indicating one cycle per cell. The detail in the grooves between
cells can be controlled using "curve detail". This varies from 1
to 10 and gives the grooves an increasingly creased appearance.
The bumpiness of the surface can be controlled using two sets
of "rough" and "fold" parameters. These add bumps to the
surface, the amplitude controlled by "rough amplitude" and
"fold amplitude", the detail controlled by "rough detail" and
"fold detail", and the frequency by "rough frequency" and
"fold frequency". The "rough" parameters refer to high
frequency bumps which occur within cells, and the "fold"
parameters refer to widespread undulating pattern used to
simulate wrinkles in the material.
solidThinking User Manual
173
Section 5
The number of cells per unit square is determined using the
"scale" parameter. When set to one there is on average one cell
per unit square. The amplitude of cells scales inversely with the
scale factor, hence the more cells per unit volume the lower the
amplitude of the cell.
174
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Displacement Shaders
"link to color"
Class
Displacement
Synopsis
A displacement shader which creates a
displacement to match the material’s color
shader.
Description
A displacement shader which creates a
displacement to match the material’s color
shader.
“amplitude” is the overall amount of displacement.
“view dependent sampling” specifies whether view dependent
sampling is used. This helps reveal details of materials viewed
at short distance, and reduces noise when viewed at long
distance. Generally, this should be turned on in most cases.
solidThinking User Manual
175
Section 5
"local leather"
Class
Displacement
Synopsis
Models surface texture of leather using a solid
displacement texture.
Description
Displacement shader which mimics the
surface detail of leather using a solid texture. The basic pattern
is a series of rectangular "cells". This shader is identical to the
“leather” displacement shader, except that it respects
transformations.
The number of cells per unit square is determined using the
"scale" parameter. When set to one there is on average one cell
per unit square. The amplitude of cells scales inversely with the
scale factor, hence the more cells per unit volume the lower the
amplitude of the cell.
The height of each cell is controlled using "cell amplitude" and
the smoothness of the edges is controlled by a smooth step
function with the minimum and maximum values set using
"smooth min" and "smooth max" parameters. The shape of the
grooves between cells can also be controlled.
“irregularity” controls the shape of the cells.
The parameter "curve amplitude" determines how curved the
edges of the cells are, the parameter "curve frequency"
determines how wriggly the edges are, with a value of 1.0
indicating one cycle per cell. The detail in the grooves between
cells can be controlled using "curve detail". This varies from 1
to 10 and gives the grooves an increasingly creased appearance.
The bumpiness of the surface can be controlled using two sets
of "rough" and "fold" parameters. These add bumps to the
surface, the amplitude controlled by "rough amplitude" and
176
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Displacement Shaders
"fold amplitude", the detail controlled by "rough detail" and
"fold detail", and the frequency by "rough frequency" and
"fold frequency". The "rough" parameters refer to high
frequency bumps which occur within cells, and the "fold"
parameters refer to widespread undulating pattern used to
simulate wrinkles in the material.
solidThinking User Manual
177
Section 5
"maple"
Class
Displacement
Synopsis
A version of the general "wood" advanced
wood displacement shader with pre-defined
values appropriate to a maple-like appearance.
Description
This shader is simply a copy of the generalpurpose "wood" shader where all the argument values have been
pre-chosen to produce the appearance of maple. The arguments
may of course be fine-tuned to suit particular jobs.
“displacement amplitude” controls the overall degree of
displacement.
The orientation of the tree is specified by a point which lies on
the axis in the argument “trunk center” and a direction along
the axis of the tree in the argument “trunk direction”.
“scale” is an overall scaling factor which determines the radius
difference of two adjacent rings. 0.01 means that there are 100
rings per unit length along the trunk radius.
“ring displacement” controls the displacement of the rings.
“ring fuzz in” and “ring fuzz out” specify the sharpness of the
edges of the inside and outside of the rings, respectively (the
value actually represents the fraction of the ring width over
which the interpolation from one color to the other is done).
“ring width” is the width of the rings relative to the tree’s
trunk. 0.0 means no ring at all, 1.0 means that all the trunk area
is covered by the ring color.
“gnarl” allows random perturbation of the regular rings inside
the trunk. This allows localized knot patterns to form.
178
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Displacement Shaders
“grain” determines the intensity of the random grain effect.
“ring fuzz grain” is the amplitude of the high frequency
perturbations of the ring edges.
“grain scale” determines the size of the grain in relation to the
ring size (both the random grain flecks and the ring fuzz grain).
solidThinking User Manual
179
Section 5
"marble"
Class
Displacement
Synopsis
A marble pattern.
Description
appearance.
A solid texture giving a veined marble
“displacement amplitude” controls the overall degree of
displacement.
An overall scaling factor is provided by "scale". Increasing this
value will make the marble pattern appear larger .
The base displacement of the veins in the marble pattern is
controlled by “vein displacement”. The contrast of the color
bands within the veins may be varied by the "vein contrast"
parameter, for which larger values produce a greater contrast of
colors.
Three parameters control the characteristics of the turbulent
marble pattern: The level of detail in the bands of the marble is
set through the "detail" parameter. Increasing this value has the
effect of increasing the complexity of, and detail in, the pattern.
The marble has a crystalline structure, and the amplitude of the
marble crystal grain is set with "grain"; larger values accentuate
the granularity.
The size of the crystal grain is set through the "grain scale"
parameter, with larger values giving rise to larger crystals.
180
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Displacement Shaders
"oak"
Class
Displacement
Synopsis
A version of the general “wood” advanced
wood displacement shader.
Description
A version of the general “wood” advanced
wood displacement shader with predefined
values appropriate to a oak-like appearance.
“displacement amplitude” controls the overall degree of
displacement.
The orientation of the tree is specified by a point which lies on
the axis in the argument “trunk center” and a direction along
the axis of the tree in the argument “trunk direction”.
“scale” is an overall scaling factor which determines the radius
difference of two adjacent rings. 0.01 means that there are 100
rings per unit length along the trunk radius.
“ring displacement” controls the displacement of the rings.
“ring fuzz in” and “ring fuzz out” specify the sharpness of the
edges of the inside and outside of the rings, respectively (the
value actually represents the fraction of the ring width over
which the interpolation from one color to the other is done).
“ring width” is the width of the rings relative to the tree’s
trunk. 0.0 means no ring at all, 1.0 means that all the trunk area
is covered by the ring color.
“gnarl” allows random perturbation of the regular rings inside
the trunk. This allows localized knot patterns to form.
“grain” determines the intensity of the random grain effect.
solidThinking User Manual
181
Section 5
“ring fuzz grain” is the amplitude of the high frequency
perturbations of the ring edges.
“grain scale” determines the size of the grain in relation to the
ring size (both the random grain flecks and the ring fuzz grain).
182
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Displacement Shaders
"paving"
Class
Displacement
Synopsis
A displacement shader creating patterns of
paving’s made of irregular stones.
Description
A displacement shader creating patterns of
paving’s made of irregular stones.
“scale” controls the overall scaling factor which determines the
radius difference of two adjacent rings. 0.01 means that there
are 100 rings per unit length along the trunk radius.
“shape variation” controls how irregular tiles will be
generated.
“paving smoothness” specifies whether tiles should be sharpedges (0) or smooth.
“slab size” is the size of the stone slabs.
“mortar size” is the amount of mortar between the tiles.
You may use “pattern offset” to choose a part of the pattern
which will be visible on an object to which the shader is
applied.
“paving height 1” and “paving height 2” are the extreme ends
of the range of heights to be used for the tiles.
“paving height variation scale” controls how the variation is
distributed across the tile. Small values will give a speckled
effect while larger ones will give larger patches of different
heights on the tile.
solidThinking User Manual
183
Section 5
“paving grain variation” controls how strong the color grains
are. 0 means that there aren’t any grains, small values (slightly
above 0) create subtle dark spots, and high values make grains
quite strong.
“paving grain variation scale” controls the grain frequency –
how big and dense the grains are.
“mortar center height” is the height of the mortar at its center.
“mortar edge height” is the height of the mortar at its edge.
“mortar height variation” adds irregularities (noise) to the
color gradient between the center and edges of the mortar.
“mortar height variation scale” controls the frequency of the
noise applied to the mortar height.
“mortar irregularity” controls whether the lines formed by the
mortar are straight (0) or distorted (higher value).
184
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Displacement Shaders
"pine"
Class
Displacement
Synopsis
A version of the general “wood” advanced
wood displacement shader.
Description
A version of the general “wood” advanced
wood displacement shader with predefined
values appropriate to a pine-like appearance.
“displacement amplitude” controls the overall degree of
displacement.
The orientation of the tree from which the wood is taken is
specified by a point which lies on the axis in argument "trunk
centre" and a direction vector pointing along the axis of the tree
in argument "trunk direction".
An overall scaling factor is supplied in argument "scale", which
determines the radius difference of two adjacent rings. 0.01
means that there are 100 rings per unit length along the trunk
radius. Choose a value appropriate to the units in which your
geometry is modeled. The default value is appropriate for
modeling in meters.
“ring displacement” controls the displacement of the rings.
“ring fuzz in” and “ring fuzz out” specify the sharpness of the
edges of the inside and outside of the rings, respectively (the
value actually represents the fraction of the ring width over
which the interpolation from one color to the other is done).
“ring width” is the width of the rings relative to the tree’s
trunk. 0.0 means no ring at all, 1.0 means that all the trunk area
is covered by the ring color.
solidThinking User Manual
185
Section 5
“gnarl” allows random perturbation of the regular rings inside
the trunk. This allows localized knot patterns to form.
“grain” determines the intensity of the random grain effect.
“ring fuzz grain” is the amplitude of the high frequency
perturbations of the ring edges.
“grain scale” determines the size of the grain in relation to the
ring size (both the random grain flecks and the ring fuzz grain).
186
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Displacement Shaders
"rough"
Class
Displacement
Synopsis
A rough, undulating finish.
Description
like finish.
A displacement providing a rough, cast metal-
The appearance of the roughness can be controlled precisely.
The magnitude of the surface perturbations, expressed as a
factor, typically in the range 0.0 to 1.0, is specified by argument
"amplitude".
An integer value which controls the detail or complexity of the
texture is specified by argument "detail", such that a value of 1
will give a simple perturbation, while a larger value such as 5 or
6 will give fine detail of the roughness.
Argument "sharpness" is an integer value which controls the
sharpness of the perturbations. A value of 1 will give abrupt,
sharp changes between the peaks and troughs of the
displacements, while a larger value such as 3 or 4 will give
smoother transitions.
An overall scaling factor may be supplied in argument "scale";
increasing this value will make the surface perturbations appear
larger. This displacement is suitable for any surface where an
uneven appearance is required.
solidThinking User Manual
187
Section 5
"simple wood"
Class
Displacement
Synopsis
A simple wood pattern.
Description
A simple wood pattern with concentric rings
of light and dark wood.
“displacement amplitude” controls the overall degree of
displacement.
“scale” controls the overall scaling factor. Increasing this value
will make the rings of wood appear larger.
“ring displacement” is the displacement of the rings.
The axis of the tree from which the wood is taken is specified
by a point which lies on the axis (“point on axis”) and a
direction vector pointing along the axis of the tree (“axis
direction”).
“noise” controls the irregularity of the rings.
188
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Displacement Shaders
"solid clouds"
Class
Displacement
Synopsis
A cloudy appearance.
Description
A solid texture giving a cloudy appearance.
“displacement amplitude” controls the overall degree of
displacement.
The detail or complexity of the cloud shapes may be controlled
by means of the "detail" argument. A value of 1 will give a
simple outline of the clouds, while a larger value such as 5 or 6
will give fine detail on the cloud outlines.
An overall scaling factor is provided in argument "scale";
increasing this value will make the clouds appear larger.
solidThinking User Manual
189
Section 5
"solid polka"
Class
Displacement
Synopsis
A solid polka-dot pattern.
Description
A solid texture giving a polka-dot pattern. The
texture may be thought of as a three-dimensional lattice of
spheres of a given color suspended on a uniform medium with a
different color.
“displacement amplitude” controls the overall degree of
displacement.
An overall scaling factor for the pattern may be specified by
argument "scale"; increasing this value will make the spheres
appear larger.
The radius of the spots is specified by argument "radius", and
the gap between the spots is controlled by the argument
"separation".
A factor in the range 0.0 to 1.0, which is provided in argument
“edge softness”, controls the softness of the sphere boundaries.
A value of 0.0 gives a hard edge to the spheres, and a value of
1.0 gives a continuous blend of color throughout each sphere.
“spot displacement” is the displacement of the spots.
190
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Displacement Shaders
"turbulent"
Class
Displacement
Synopsis
Displacement shader that simulates turbulent
displacement patterns.
Description
Displacement shader that simulates turbulent
displacement patterns.
“displacement amplitude” controls the overall degree of
displacement.
“scale” is an overall of the effect. Increase for patchy fog,
decrease for highly turbulent smoke.
"detail" defines how much detail is present in the turbulence.
Higher values cause more local variations. Increasing this value
may produce interesting effects, but will significantly increase
computation time.
“amplitude” is the amplitude of the turbulence.
The relative measure of the contrast between the dense and rare
areas is the “contrast”. 0.5 is neutral. Increasing the contrast
will result in more sharp transitions.
solidThinking User Manual
191
Section 5
"wood [rt]"
Class
Displacement
Synopsis
An advanced wood pattern with concentric
rings.
Description
Provides more complex and subtle features
than “simple wood”.
“displacement amplitude” controls the overall degree of
displacement.
The orientation of the tree is specified by a point which lies on
the axis in argument “trunk center” and a direction along the
axis of the tree in the argument “trunk direction”.
“scale” is the overall scaling factor which determines the radius
difference of two adjacent rings. 0.01 means that there are 100
rings per unit length along the trunk radius.
“ring displacement” is the displacement of the rings.
“ring fuzz in” and “ring fuzz out” specify the sharpness of the
edges of the inside and outside of the rings, respectively (the
value actually represents the fraction of the ring width over
which the interpolation from one color to the other is done).
The “ring width” is the width relative to the tree’s trunk. 0.0
mean no ring at all, 1.0 means that all the trunk area is covered
by the ring color.
“gnarl” allows random perturbation of the regular rings inside
the trunk. This allows localized knot patterns to form.
192
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Displacement Shaders
“grain” determines the intensity of the random grain effect.
The amplitude of the high-frequency perturbations of the ring
edges is determined by “ring fuzz grain”.
“grain scale” determines the size of the grain in relation to the
ring size (both the random grain flecks and the ring fuzz grain).
solidThinking User Manual
193
Section 5
"wrapped birch floor"
Class
Displacement
Synopsis
A version of the general “wrapped wood
floor” displacement shader with pre-defined
values appropriate to a birch-like appearance.
Description
A wrapped displacement source giving a
wooden floor pattern.
“displacement amplitude” controls the overall degree of
displacement.
“replication type” styles of flooring pattern. Options include
Squares, Herringbone, Floorboards, and Ladder. Each
scheme consists of a rectangle replicated in the appropriate way.
The rectangle consists of a number of “planks” arranged side by
side in strips.
“pattern scale” is the scaling factor relating to the wood pattern
only (determines the radius difference of two adjacent rings).
“scale” is the overall scale of the pattern (controls all aspects of
the wood floor evenly, including the pattern of planks or tiles as
well as the wood they are made from).
The height of the wood and rings are determined by “wood
height” and “ring height” respectively.
“plank length” is the length of each plank or strip, while
“plank width” is the width of each plank or strip. Note that for
the squares replication scheme, this argument is ignored.
Instead, the width is taken to be the plank length, divided by the
value of the strips argument, to ensure that we end up with a
square shaped collection of planks.
194
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Displacement Shaders
“strips” is the number of strips or planks in each rectangular
area.
“offset” is only relevant for the floorboards and ladder patterns.
For floorboards, it determines the relative displacement of the
basic rectangles in odd and even rows of the scheme. For
ladder, it determines the relative displacement between the even
and odd columns of vertical planks. This argument is ignored in
the other replication patterns.
“groove width” is the width of the grooves between the planks.
0.0 means no groove.
“ring fuzz in” and “ring fuzz out” specify the sharpness of the
edges of the inside and outside of the rings, respectively (the
value actually represents the fraction of the ring width over
which the interpolation from one color to the other is done).
“ring width” is the width of the rings relative to the tree’s
trunk. 0.0 means no ring at all, 1.0 means that all the trunk area
is covered by the ring color.
“gnarl” allows random perturbation of the regular rings inside
the trunk. This allows localized knot patterns to form.
“grain” determines the intensity of the random grain effect.
“ring fuzz grain” is the amplitude of the high frequency
perturbations of the ring edges.
“grain scale” determines the size of the grain in relation to the
ring size (both the random grain flecks and the ring fuzz grain).
solidThinking User Manual
195
Section 5
"wrapped brick"
Class
Displacement
Synopsis
A wrapped brick pattern.
Description
pattern.
A wrapped texture giving a simple brick
“displacement amplitude” controls the overall degree of
displacement.
An overall scaling factor is provided as argument "scale";
increasing this value will make the bricks appear larger.
The width and height of each brick is specified by the
arguments "brick width" and "brick height" respectively, and
the size of the mortar between the bricks (which is uniform
between rows and columns of bricks) is specified by argument
"mortar size".
“brick displacement” is the displacement of the bricks.
“fuzz” controls the amount of blurring of the edges of the
bricks. 0.0 means no fuzz. This only has an effect if Analytic
Anti-Aliasing is available.
196
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Displacement Shaders
"wrapped brick bonds"
Class
Displacement
Synopsis
A extended wrapped brick pattern.
Description
brick pattern.
A extended wrapped texture giving a simple
“displacement amplitude” controls the overall degree of
displacement.
An overall scaling factor is provided as argument "scale";
increasing this value will make the bricks appear larger.
The width and height of each brick is specified by the
arguments "brick width" and "brick height" respectively, and
the size of the mortar between the bricks (which is uniform
between rows and columns of bricks) is specified by argument
"mortar size".
“brick displacement” is the displacement of the bricks.
“rough scale” determines the complexity of the roughness
along the brick edges; values less than 1.0 produce a rougher
appearance, and values greater than 1.0 a smoother appearance.
“rough amplitude” determine the magnitude of the roughness
along the brick edges.
“bond” allows you to select the standard bond type. “stretcher”
is the standard alternating pattern. “common” are bricks in
every fifth row stacked crosswise. “flemish” are bricks placed
crosswise alternately with normal in every row. “english” is
similar to “common” but with crosswise bricks every second
row. “stacks” are bricks stacked directly on top of each other.
“rowlock” is similar to “flemish” but the bricks are placed on
solidThinking User Manual
197
Section 5
their sides.
“fuzz” controls the amount of blurring of the edges of the
bricks. 0.0 means no fuzz. This only has an effect if Analytic
Anti-Aliasing is available.
198
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Displacement Shaders
"wrapped bump map"
Class
Displacement
Synopsis
A bump map displacement derived from an
image file.
Description
A wrapped displacement shader providing a
bump map from an image file in a supported format.
The file name for the image file is supplied as the "file name"
parameter.
The maximum amplitude for displacements is specified by
parameter "amplitude". Larger values will accentuate the
differences between peaks and troughs of the bump map. Values
less than 0.0 will reverse its direction (peaks will become
troughs, and vice versa).
“scale” is the overall scale of the pattern (controls how many
times the texture pattern will repeat).
Allows the “aspect ratio” (width divided by height) of the
texture to be altered (this should normally be the aspect ratio of
the original image to avoid it appearing “squashed” when
rendered.
The width and height of the image file are given by "width" and
"height", respectively.
“softness” controls the degree of blurring on the image texture.
In the case of four images with mask channels, “use alpha
channel” decides which channel is to be used to create the
bump map. If the parameter is set to ‘false’, the first three
channels (RGB) are used. If the parameter is set to ‘true’, the
fourth channel (alpha channel) is used.
solidThinking User Manual
199
Section 5
"wrapped checker"
Class
Displacement
Synopsis
A wrapped checker board displacement
pattern.
Description
pattern.
A wrapped texture giving a checker board
“displacement amplitude” controls the overall degree of
displacement.
“checker displacement” is the displacement of alternate
squares.
"scale" is the overall scaling factor. Increasing the value will
make the pattern appear larger.
“fuzz” controls the amount of blurring of the edges of the
squares. 0.0 means no fuzz.
200
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Displacement Shaders
"wrapped cherry floor"
Class
Displacement
Synopsis
A version of the general “wrapped wood
floor” displacement shader with pre-defined
values appropriate to a cherrywood-like
appearance.
Description
A wrapped displacement source giving a
wooden floor pattern.
“displacement amplitude” controls the overall degree of
displacement.
“replication type” styles of flooring pattern. Options include
Squares, Herringbone, Floorboards, and Ladder. Each
scheme consists of a rectangle replicated in the appropriate way.
The rectangle consists of a number of “planks” arranged side by
side in strips.
“pattern scale” is the scaling factor relating to the wood pattern
only (determines the radius difference of two adjacent rings).
“scale” is the overall scale of the pattern (controls all aspects of
the wood floor evenly, including the pattern of planks or tiles as
well as the wood they are made from).
The height of the wood and rings are determined by “wood
height” and “ring height” respectively.
“plank length” is the length of each plank or strip, while
“plank width” is the width of each plank or strip. Note that for
the squares replication scheme, this argument is ignored.
Instead, the width is taken to be the plank length, divided by the
value of the strips argument, to ensure that we end up with a
square shaped collection of planks.
solidThinking User Manual
201
Section 5
“strips” is the number of strips or planks in each rectangular
area.
“offset” is only relevant for the floorboards and ladder patterns.
For floorboards, it determines the relative displacement of the
basic rectangles in odd and even rows of the scheme. For
ladder, it determines the relative displacement between the even
and odd columns of vertical planks. This argument is ignored in
the other replication patterns.
“groove width” is the width of the grooves between the planks.
0.0 means no groove.
“ring fuzz in” and “ring fuzz out” specify the sharpness of the
edges of the inside and outside of the rings, respectively (the
value actually represents the fraction of the ring width over
which the interpolation from one color to the other is done).
“ring width” is the width of the rings relative to the tree’s
trunk. 0.0 means no ring at all, 1.0 means that all the trunk area
is covered by the ring color.
“gnarl” allows random perturbation of the regular rings inside
the trunk. This allows localized knot patterns to form.
“grain” determines the intensity of the random grain effect.
“ring fuzz grain” is the amplitude of the high frequency
perturbations of the ring edges.
“grain scale” determines the size of the grain in relation to the
ring size (both the random grain flecks and the ring fuzz grain).
202
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Displacement Shaders
"wrapped diagonal"
Class
Displacement
Synopsis
A pattern giving a line across the leading
diagonal of the texture space.
Description
A displacement source shader providing a
diagonal stripe in texture space.
“displacement amplitude” controls the overall degree of
displacement.
The size of the pattern (including the stripe) is specified by
argument "scale"; increasing this value will make the pattern
appear larger.
The width of the stripe specified as a fraction of the pattern size
is given by "width".
The displacement of the stripe is specified by argument "stripe
displacement”.
"fuzz" controls the amount of blurring of the edge of the stripes.
solidThinking User Manual
203
Section 5
"wrapped dimple"
Class
Displacement
Synopsis
A regular dimpled appearance.
Description
A wrapped displacement providing a regular
dimpled appearance to a material. This displacement may be
thought of as a grid of spheres which protrude above a material's
surface.
The distance between the centers of adjacent spheres is
specified by argument "separation", and the radius of a sphere
is set with argument "radius".
The distance beneath the surface of the centers of the spheres is
specified by argument "center depth". This distance must be
non-negative, and should be no greater than the radius of the
spheres.
A value between 0.0 and 1.0, which controls the size of a blend
between the sphere and the surface, is specified by argument
"blend", for which a value of 0.0 indicates no blend, and a value
of 1.0 maximum blend.
An overall scaling factor can be specified by argument "scale";
increasing this value will make the dimples appear larger.
204
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Displacement Shaders
"wrapped grid"
Class
Displacement
Synopsis
A grid displacement pattern.
Description
A displacement shader providing a grid
pattern in texture space.
“displacement amplitude”
displacement.
controls the overall degree of
An overall scaling factor for the pattern is given by parameter
"scale"; increasing this value will make the pattern appear
larger.
The width and height of the repeated grid pattern are given by
"width" and "height" respectively, and the width and height of
the grid lines are specified by "grid size". “grid displacement”
is the displacement of the lines of the grid pattern.
“fuzz” controls the amount of blurring of the edges of the
squares.
solidThinking User Manual
205
Section 5
"wrapped height map"
Class
Displacement
Synopsis
A bump map displacement derived from an
image file with enhanced tiling capabilities.
Description
A bump map displacement derived from an
image file with enhanced tiling capabilities.
“filename” allows you to select a suitable image to be read.
“amplitude” is the maximum amplitude for displacements.
Larger values will accentuate the differences between peaks and
troughs of the bump map. Values less than 0.0 will reverse its
direction (peaks will become troughs, and vice versa).
“softness” controls the degree of blurring on the image texture.
“scale” controls the overall scale of the bump map. Larger
values will produce larger images.
“shift axis” specifies the axis on which the offset occurs.
“shift” determines the amount of offset. It is expressed as a
fraction of the length of the edge specified in “shift axis”.
“depth scale” provides additional control of amplitude. This is
simply a multiplier applied to the “amplitude” value.
Allows the “aspect ratio” (width divided by height) of the
texture to be altered (this should normally be the aspect ratio of
the original image to avoid it appearing “squashed” when
rendered.
The width and height of the image file are given by "width" and
"height”,
respectively.
206
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Displacement Shaders
"wrapped knurl"
Class
Displacement
Synopsis
A knurled appearance.
Description
A displacement shader providing a knurled
pattern similar to grips used on tool handles.
With default scaling, each unit square in texture space contains
a pyramidal displacement. A blend is applied to the edges of the
pyramid with the size defined by parameter "blend". This value
should lie in the range 0.0 to 1.0, where 0.0 denotes no blend
(the displacements correspond to pyramids) and 1.0 denotes
maximum blend (the displacements correspond to cones).
Two scaling factors may be applied. The "amplitude"
parameter applies a scale to the height of the displacements. A
value between 0.0 and 1.0 will flatten the indentations, and
values greater than 1 will accentuate the relative differences in
height over the indentation. Values less than 0.0 will reverse the
direction of the indentations.
An overall scaling factor can be specified by argument "scale";
increasing this value will make the indentation pattern appear
larger.
solidThinking User Manual
207
Section 5
"wrapped leather"
Class
Displacement
Synopsis
Models surface texture of leather using a solid
displacement texture.
Description
Displacement shader which mimics the
surface detail of leather using a solid texture. The basic pattern
is a series of "cells" of unit size which vary from square to
irregular convex shape using the parameter "irregularity"
which varies from 0.0 to 1.0.
The height of each cell is controlled using "cell amplitude" and
the smoothness of the edges is controlled by a smooth step
function with the minimum and maximum values set using
"smooth min" and "smooth max" parameters. The shape of the
grooves between cells can also be controlled.
The parameter "curve amplitude" determines how curved the
edges of the cells are, the parameter "curve frequency"
determines how wriggly the edges are, with a value of 1.0
indicating one cycle per cell. The detail in the grooves between
cells can be controlled using "curve detail". This varies from 1
to 10 and gives the grooves an increasingly creased appearance.
The bumpiness of the surface can be controlled using two sets
of "rough" and "fold" parameters. These add bumps to the
surface, the amplitude controlled by "rough amplitude" and
"fold amplitude", the detail controlled by "rough detail" and
"fold detail", and the frequency by "rough frequency" and
"fold frequency". The "rough" parameters refer to high
frequency bumps which occur within cells, and the "fold"
parameters refer to widespread undulating pattern used to
simulate wrinkles in the material.
208
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Displacement Shaders
The number of cells per unit square is determined using the
"scale" parameter. When set to one there is on average one cell
per unit square. The amplitude of cells scales inversely with the
scale factor, hence the more cells per unit volume the lower the
amplitude of the cell.
solidThinking User Manual
209
Section 5
"wrapped maple floor"
Class
Displacement
Synopsis
A version of the general “wrapped wood
floor” displacement shader with pre-defined
values appropriate to a maple-like appearance.
Description
A wrapped displacement source giving a
wooden floor pattern.
“displacement amplitude” controls the overall degree of
displacement.
“replication type” styles of flooring pattern. Options include
Squares, Herringbone, Floorboards, and Ladder. Each
scheme consists of a rectangle replicated in the appropriate way.
The rectangle consists of a number of “planks” arranged side by
side in strips.
“pattern scale” is the scaling factor relating to the wood pattern
only (determines the radius difference of two adjacent rings).
“scale” is the overall scale of the pattern (controls all aspects of
the wood floor evenly, including the pattern of planks or tiles as
well as the wood they are made from).
The height of the wood and rings are determined by “wood
height” and “ring height” respectively.
“plank length” is the length of each plank or strip, while
“plank width” is the width of each plank or strip. Note that for
the squares replication scheme, this argument is ignored.
Instead, the width is taken to be the plank length, divided by the
value of the strips argument, to ensure that we end up with a
square shaped collection of planks.
210
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Displacement Shaders
“strips” is the number of strips or planks in each rectangular
area.
“offset” is only relevant for the floorboards and ladder patterns.
For floorboards, it determines the relative displacement of the
basic rectangles in odd and even rows of the scheme. For
ladder, it determines the relative displacement between the even
and odd columns of vertical planks. This argument is ignored in
the other replication patterns.
“groove width” is the width of the grooves between the planks.
0.0 means no groove.
“ring fuzz in” and “ring fuzz out” specify the sharpness of the
edges of the inside and outside of the rings, respectively (the
value actually represents the fraction of the ring width over
which the interpolation from one color to the other is done).
“ring width” is the width of the rings relative to the tree’s
trunk. 0.0 means no ring at all, 1.0 means that all the trunk area
is covered by the ring color.
“gnarl” allows random perturbation of the regular rings inside
the trunk. This allows localized knot patterns to form.
“grain” determines the intensity of the random grain effect.
“ring fuzz grain” is the amplitude of the high frequency
perturbations of the ring edges.
“grain scale” determines the size of the grain in relation to the
ring size (both the random grain flecks and the ring fuzz grain).
solidThinking User Manual
211
Section 5
"wrapped oak floor"
Class
Displacement
Synopsis
A version of the general “wrapped wood
floor” displacement shader with pre-defined
values appropriate to a oak-like appearance.
Description
A wrapped displacement source giving a
wooden floor pattern.
“displacement amplitude” controls the overall degree of
displacement.
“replication type” styles of flooring pattern. Options include
Squares, Herringbone, Floorboards, and Ladder. Each
scheme consists of a rectangle replicated in the appropriate way.
The rectangle consists of a number of “planks” arranged side by
side in strips.
“pattern scale” is the scaling factor relating to the wood pattern
only (determines the radius difference of two adjacent rings).
“scale” is the overall scale of the pattern (controls all aspects of
the wood floor evenly, including the pattern of planks or tiles as
well as the wood they are made from).
The height of the wood and rings are determined by “wood
height” and “ring height” respectively.
“plank length” is the length of each plank or strip, while
“plank width” is the width of each plank or strip. Note that for
the squares replication scheme, this argument is ignored.
Instead, the width is taken to be the plank length, divided by the
value of the strips argument, to ensure that we end up with a
square shaped collection of planks.
212
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Displacement Shaders
“strips” is the number of strips or planks in each rectangular
area.
“offset” is only relevant for the floorboards and ladder patterns.
For floorboards, it determines the relative displacement of the
basic rectangles in odd and even rows of the scheme. For
ladder, it determines the relative displacement between the even
and odd columns of vertical planks. This argument is ignored in
the other replication patterns.
“groove width” is the width of the grooves between the planks.
0.0 means no groove.
“ring fuzz in” and “ring fuzz out” specify the sharpness of the
edges of the inside and outside of the rings, respectively (the
value actually represents the fraction of the ring width over
which the interpolation from one color to the other is done).
“ring width” is the width of the rings relative to the tree’s
trunk. 0.0 means no ring at all, 1.0 means that all the trunk area
is covered by the ring color.
“gnarl” allows random perturbation of the regular rings inside
the trunk. This allows localized knot patterns to form.
“grain” determines the intensity of the random grain effect.
“ring fuzz grain” is the amplitude of the high frequency
perturbations of the ring edges.
“grain scale” determines the size of the grain in relation to the
ring size (both the random grain flecks and the ring fuzz grain).
solidThinking User Manual
213
Section 5
"wrapped pine floor"
Class
Displacement
Synopsis
A version of the general “wrapped wood
floor” displacement shader with pre-defined
values appropriate to a pine-like appearance.
Description
A wrapped displacement source giving a
wooden floor pattern.
“displacement amplitude” controls the overall degree of
displacement.
“replication type” styles of flooring pattern. Options include
Squares, Herringbone, Floorboards, and Ladder. Each
scheme consists of a rectangle replicated in the appropriate way.
The rectangle consists of a number of “planks” arranged side by
side in strips.
“pattern scale” is the scaling factor relating to the wood pattern
only (determines the radius difference of two adjacent rings).
“scale” is the overall scale of the pattern (controls all aspects of
the wood floor evenly, including the pattern of planks or tiles as
well as the wood they are made from).
The height of the wood and rings are determined by “wood
height” and “ring height” respectively.
“plank length” is the length of each plank or strip, while
“plank width” is the width of each plank or strip. Note that for
the squares replication scheme, this argument is ignored.
Instead, the width is taken to be the plank length, divided by the
value of the strips argument, to ensure that we end up with a
square shaped collection of planks.
214
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Displacement Shaders
“strips” is the number of strips or planks in each rectangular
area.
“offset” is only relevant for the floorboards and ladder patterns.
For floorboards, it determines the relative displacement of the
basic rectangles in odd and even rows of the scheme. For
ladder, it determines the relative displacement between the even
and odd columns of vertical planks. This argument is ignored in
the other replication patterns.
“groove width” is the width of the grooves between the planks.
0.0 means no groove.
“ring fuzz in” and “ring fuzz out” specify the sharpness of the
edges of the inside and outside of the rings, respectively (the
value actually represents the fraction of the ring width over
which the interpolation from one color to the other is done).
“ring width” is the width of the rings relative to the tree’s
trunk. 0.0 means no ring at all, 1.0 means that all the trunk area
is covered by the ring color.
“gnarl” allows random perturbation of the regular rings inside
the trunk. This allows localized knot patterns to form.
“grain” determines the intensity of the random grain effect.
“ring fuzz grain” is the amplitude of the high frequency
perturbations of the ring edges.
“grain scale” determines the size of the grain in relation to the
ring size (both the random grain flecks and the ring fuzz grain).
solidThinking User Manual
215
Section 5
"wrapped polka"
Class
Displacement
Synopsis
A wrapped polka-dot pattern.
Description
A wrapped texture giving a polka-dot pattern.
“displacement amplitude” controls the overall degree of
displacement.
An overall scaling factor for the pattern may be specified by
argument "scale"; increasing this value will make the spheres
appear larger.
The radius of the circles is specified by argument "radius", and
the distance between centers of adjacent circles by argument
"separation".
A factor in the range 0.0 to 1.0 which is provided in argument
"edge softness" controls the softness of the circle boundaries. A
value of 0.0 gives a hard edge to the circles, and a value of 1.0
gives a continuous blend of color throughout each circle.
“spot displacement” is the displacement of the spots.
216
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Displacement Shaders
"wrapped roof shingles"
Class
Displacement
Synopsis
Wrapped displacement shader
various styles of roof shingles.
simulating
Description
This shader which simulates various styles of
roof shingles as they are usually seen from ground level (in
other words, when looking at the roof surface at an angle of
about 45 degrees). Note that the roof shingles pattern that we
usually observe is mainly the result of changes in the normals
and variable illumination (for example, edges of the shingle
being in shadow) rather than actual variations in the color of the
tile. This shader simulates this using just a surface displacement
pattern.
The "scale" parameter allows overall scaling of the pattern.
The "pattern" parameter selects the style of tiles which are
simulated. The available styles are: rectangular, double
castellated, triple saw tooth, triple curved slot toothed.
"tile height" and "tile width" control the height and width of
the tile.
“vertical offset variation” specifies whether all tiles are the
same (0) or their height differs. A value of 1 means that some
tiles may be completely covered by the tiles above them.
"tile thickness" controls how thick the tile is and therefore how
much of the edge is visible.
“tile angle” controls how tiles are positioned relative to the
surface on which they are placed. An angle of 0 means that tiles
are co-planar with the surface. An angle of 80 means that they
are almost perpendicular to the surface. Tiles may appear to be
solidThinking User Manual
217
Section 5
shorter when this value is high.
“overlap area” controls the size of the area where tiles
belonging to two adjacent rows of tile overlap.
“row offset” determines how much every row is offset relative
to the previous one, as a percent of the tile width.
The surface of the tiles may be distorted by grains. “grain
amplitude” controls how pronounced these grains are.
The surface of the tiles may be distorted by grains. “grains
horizontal scale” controls the size of the grains in the
horizontal direction, while “grains vertical scale” controls the
size of the grains in the vertical direction. “grains threshold”
controls which grains we want to get. 0 means that we accept
that all grains are visible. Higher values mean that only that
only the deeper grains are visible.
The side and bottom edges of the tile are chamfered. “side
chamfer” and “bottom chamfer” control the size of the side
and bottom chamfer areas, respectively.
218
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Displacement Shaders
"wrapped roof tiles"
Class
Displacement
Synopsis
Wrapped displacement shader
various styles of roof tile.
simulating
Description
This shader which simulates various styles of
roof tiles as they are usually seen from ground level (in other
words, when looking at the roof surface at an angle of about 45
degrees). Note that the roof tiles pattern that we usually observe
is mainly the result of changes in the normals and variable
illumination (for example, edges of the tile being in shadow)
rather than actual variations in the color of the tile. This shader
simulates this using just a surface displacement pattern.
The "scale" parameter allows overall scaling of the pattern.
The "pattern" parameter selects the style of tiles which are
simulated. The available styles are: flat, scalloped, diamond,
hexagonal, classic, split, espana, spanish, roma.
"tile length" and "tile width" control the size of the `top'
surface of the tile.
"tile thickness" controls how thick the tile is and therefore how
much of the edge is visible.
"height variation" determines how much the displacement of
the tile can vary across the tile.
“height variation scale” controls how the displacement
variation is distributed across the tile. Small values will give a
speckled effect, while larger ones will give larger patches of
different heights on the tile.
solidThinking User Manual
219
Section 5
"wrapped rough"
Class
Displacement
Synopsis
A wrapped rough, cast metal-like finish.
Description
A wrapped displacement providing a rough,
cast metal-like finish. The appearance of the roughness can be
controlled precisely. The magnitude of the surface
perturbations, expressed as a factor, typically in the range 0.0 to
1.0, is specified by argument "amplitude".
An integer value which controls the detail or complexity of the
texture is specified by argument "detail", such that a value of 1
will give a simple perturbation, while a larger value such as 5 or
6 will give fine detail of the roughness.
Argument "sharpness" is an integer value that controls the
sharpness of the perturbations. A value of 1 will give abrupt,
sharp changes between the peaks and troughs of the
displacements, while a larger value such as 3 or 4 will give
smoother transitions.
An overall scaling factor may be supplied in argument "scale";
increasing this value will make the surface perturbations appear
larger.
This displacement is suitable for any surface where an uneven
appearance is required.
220
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Displacement Shaders
"wrapped s stripe"
Class
Displacement
Synopsis
A pattern giving a line along the s-axis of the
texture space.
Description
A displacement source shader providing a
stripe as a line of constant s in texture space.
“displacement amplitude” controls the overall degree of
displacement.
The size of the pattern (including the stripe) is specified by
argument "scale"; increasing this value will make the pattern
appear larger.
The width of the stripe specified as a fraction of the pattern size
is given by "width".
The displacement of the stripe is specified by argument "stripe
displacement”.
"fuzz" controls the amount of blurring of the edge of the stripes.
solidThinking User Manual
221
Section 5
"wrapped t stripe"
Class
Displacement
Synopsis
A pattern giving a line along the t-axis of
the texture space.
Description
A displacement source shader providing a
stripe as a line of constant t in texture space.
“displacement amplitude” controls the overall degree of
displacement.
The size of the pattern (including the stripe) is specified by
argument "scale"; increasing this value will make the pattern
appear larger.
The width of the stripe specified as a fraction of the pattern size
is given by "width".
The displacement of the stripe is specified by argument "stripe
displacement”.
"fuzz" controls the amount of blurring of the edge of the stripes.
222
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Displacement Shaders
"wrapped textured brick"
Class
Displacement
Synopsis
A wrapped textured brick pattern.
Description
A wrapped texture to textured brick pattern.
“displacement amplitude” controls the overall degree of
displacement.
The color of the mortar may be specified by argument "mortar
color".
An overall scaling factor is provided as argument "scale";
increasing this value will make the bricks appear larger.
The width and height of each brick are specified by the
arguments "brick width" and "brick height" respectively, and
the size of the mortar between the bricks (which is uniform
between rows and columns of bricks) is specified by argument
"mortar size".
“brick displacement” is the displacement of the bricks.
There is a rough edge where the bricks meet the mortar, the
characteristics of which can be controlled through parameters
"rough scale" and "rough amplitude". The former determines
the complexity of the roughness along each brick; values less
than 1.0 produce a rougher appearance, and values greater than
1.0 a smoother appearance. The latter parameter determines the
magnitude of the roughness, with values less than 1.0
corresponding to small variations, and values greater than 1.0
large variations.
solidThinking User Manual
223
Section 5
“offset” specifies the offset between alternate rows of bricks.
The default value is 0.5, meaning that bricks in each row begin
half a brick’s length over from their neighbor’s above.
“fuzz” controls the amount of blurring of the edges of the
bricks.
0.0
means
no
fuzz.
224
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Displacement Shaders
"wrapped tread plate"
Class
Displacement
Synopsis
A tread plate pattern.
Description
A wrapped displacement shader providing a
regular tread plate pattern to a material. The indentations may
be thought of as cylinders with rounded (spherical) ends that
protrude above the surface of the material. The fractional radius
of the cylinders and spheres is given by "radius", which is a
fractional value in the range 0.0 to 1.0. Small radii produce
longer and thinner indentations.
A blend may be applied to the edges of the indentations where
they meet the flat surrounding surface. The size of this blend is
specified by "blend", which corresponds to a fractional value in
the range 0.0 to 1.0. A value of 0.0 produces no blend, and a
value of 1.0 results in the whole of the indentation being a blend
region.
Two scaling factors may be applied. The "amplitude"
parameter applies a scale to the height of the displacements. A
value between 0.0 and 1.0 will flatten the indentations, and
values greater than 1.0 will accentuate the relative differences in
height over the indentation. Values less than 0.0 will reverse the
direction of the indentations. An overall scaling factor can be
specified by argument "scale"; increasing this value will make
the indentation pattern appear larger.
solidThinking User Manual
225
Section 5
"wrapped wood floor"
Class
Displacement
Synopsis
A pattern consisting of wooden planks
combined according to a selected replication
scheme and implemented as wrapped texture
and mapped texture and mapped according to
actual (s; t) coordinates.
Description
A wrapped displacement source giving a
wooden floor pattern.
“displacement amplitude” controls the overall degree of
displacement.
“replication type” styles of flooring pattern. Options include
Squares, Herringbone, Floorboards, and Ladder. Each
scheme consists of a rectangle replicated in the appropriate way.
The rectangle consists of a number of “planks” arranged side by
side in strips.
“pattern scale” is the scaling factor relating to the wood pattern
only (determines the radius difference of two adjacent rings).
“scale” is the overall scale of the pattern (controls all aspects of
the wood floor evenly, including the pattern of planks or tiles as
well as the wood they are made from).
The height of the wood and rings are determined by “wood
height” and “ring height” respectively.
“plank length” is the length of each plank or strip, while
“plank width” is the width of each plank or strip. Note that for
the squares replication scheme, this argument is ignored.
Instead, the width is taken to be the plank length, divided by the
226
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Displacement Shaders
value of the strips argument, to ensure that we end up with a
square shaped collection of planks.
“strips” is the number of strips or planks in each rectangular
area.
“offset” is only relevant for the floorboards and ladder patterns.
For floorboards, it determines the relative displacement of the
basic rectangles in odd and even rows of the scheme. For
ladder, it determines the relative displacement between the even
and odd columns of vertical planks. This argument is ignored in
the other replication patterns.
“groove width” is the width of the grooves between the planks.
0.0 means no groove.
“ring fuzz in” and “ring fuzz out” specify the sharpness of the
edges of the inside and outside of the rings, respectively (the
value actually represents the fraction of the ring width over
which the interpolation from one color to the other is done).
“ring width” is the width of the rings relative to the tree’s
trunk. 0.0 means no ring at all, 1.0 means that all the trunk area
is covered by the ring color.
“gnarl” allows random perturbation of the regular rings inside
the trunk. This allows localized knot patterns to form.
“grain” determines the intensity of the random grain effect.
“ring fuzz grain” is the amplitude of the high frequency
perturbations of the ring edges.
“grain scale” determines the size of the grain in relation to the
ring size (both the random grain flecks and the ring fuzz grain).
solidThinking User Manual
227
Section 5
228
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Textures
5.3
Textures
During the shading process, the material shader components
calculate shading values by accessing a set of global input
variables that completely characterize the surface point to be
shaded.
This information includes the location of the point being shaded
in both the object’s local coordinate system, and the world
(global) coordinate system. Also provided are a geometric
surface normal vector, a shading normal vector, and an
orientation vector with respect to the view direction. Any or all
of these geometric values may be employed by a material
shader component in order to perform its calculations. Material
shader components that calculate their results based upon the
shading point’s position in space are able to generate arbitrarily
complex and coherent patterns. Examples of these are a wood or
a marble color source shader.
Shader elements with this property can be classified according
to the nature of the positional information upon which the
calculations are based.
The first type of material shader element is generally known as
a solid texture. Solid textures use the three-dimensional
coordinate system of the shading point from which to derive
their results. Consequently, they create the appearance of a
primitive having been carved out of a solid block of the
particular material, and the visual characteristics at any point on
its surface are those taken on by the solid material at the places
that coincide with the object’s exterior.
solidThinking User Manual
229
Section 5
The second type is known as a wrapped texture. Unlike solid
textures, which operate within a three-dimensional coordinate
system, wrapped textures operate within a two-dimensional
coordinate system known as texture space.
A simple example should help you understand the difference
between solid and wrapped textures. In the following pictures,
the same vase model has been shaded using similar color source
components of their materials, but using a solid texture in the
first case (a), and a wrapped texture in the second (b).
a) solid texture
b) wrapped texture
The vase in picture a) seems to be carved out of a solid piece of
material with these properties. Where the surface of the vase
passes through the center of one of the spheres, the dots appear
larger, whereas in the places where the surface of the vase
passes through the edge of one of the spheres, the dots appear
smaller. Furthermore, in some places distortions in the pattern
are apparent; while in others large areas of the surface may be
void of any circular patterns where these areas do not coincide
with any of the spheres. Compare this with picture (b) that uses
a wrapped texture. In this case, the pattern corresponds to a grid
of circles against a blue background. This pattern may be
thought of as having been printed on a sheet of paper which has
first been wrapped around the vase and then shrunk so that it fits
tightly and without distortion. In this image, the circles appear
uniformly and distributed around the surface.
230
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Textures
The Texture
Coordinate System
Texture space is a two-dimensional coordinate system denoted
by (s; t).
In general, when a texture space is applied to an object and
viewed from the outside, the axes formed by the increasing sdirection, t-direction and the surface normal vector will form a
left-handed system. Texture space is configured in such a
manner that, when a pattern (such as image data) is applied, the
origin of the pattern is located at its top-left corner with s
increasing to the right of the image, and t to the bottom. Also,
many texture space shaders operate within the unit square
defined by 0 _ s; t _ 1, and the texture pattern will repeat outside
of this range.
A simple texture pattern and its associated texture coordinate
system are illustrated in the following picture.
s =0.0
s =1.0
t = 0.0
s
t = 1.0
solidThinking User Manual
231
Section 5
Texture Space Shaders
Description
The specification of the texture space may be changed for
different objects, and it is defined by means of texture space
shaders.
Texture space shaders have the same geometric positional
information available to them just as material components, and
they use this information to derive the corresponding texture
space coordinates. These texture space coordinates may then be
used by any wrapped textures that form part of the material
definition. Texture spaces are assigned to objects in the same
way as materials.
Important Note: The texture space function itself will only be
called if any of the objects to which it is attached have
materials that include one or more wrapped textures. In the
case where an object uses a material with a component which
operates in texture space and no texture space is attached to the
primitive, then a default texture coordinate system will be
employed.
In the next pages we will describe the supplied texture space
shaders.
232
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Textures
"arbitrary plane"
Class
Texture Space
Synopsis
A planar mapping of arbitrary orientation.
Description
A texture space in which all points are mapped
onto an arbitrary plane.
The plane is specified in terms of a point which lies in the plane
as argument "origin", a normal vector perpendicular to the
plane as argument "normal vector", and an orientation
expressed as an ``up'' vector passed in argument "up vector".
The point passed as "origin" is used for the origin of textures
such that the texture origins appear at this point.
An overall scaling factor can be passed as argument "scale".
Increasing this value will have the effect of increasing the scale
of all wrapped textures which use this texture space.
The aspect ratio of the texture space, defined as one unit of its
height divided by one unit of its width, may be set by the value
passed to argument "aspect ratio". This is interpreted such that
the horizontal scale is equal to the value passed as argument
"scale", and the vertical scale is equal to the product of this
value and the value passed for argument "aspect ratio".
solidThinking User Manual
233
Section 5
"auto plane"
Class
Texture Space
Synopsis
Automatically assigns coordinates so that
wrapped shaders are mapped along normal
vectors of surfaces.
Description
A texture space in which all points are mapped
along normal vectors of surfaces.
An overall scaling factor can be passed as argument "scale".
Increasing this value will have the effect of increasing the scale
of all wrapped textures which use this texture space.
The aspect ratio of the texture space, defined as one unit of its
height divided by one unit of its width, may be set by the value
passed to argument "aspect ratio". This is interpreted such that
the horizontal scale is equal to the value passed as argument
"scale", and the vertical scale is equal to the product of this
value and the value passed for argument "aspect ratio".
“origin” is the point relative to which all the texture coordinates
are calculated.
“world up” is the vector which enables the shader to choose the
same orientation for all surfaces.
“axis direction” is a vector which is used as an alternative up
vector in the case where the “world up” vector is perpendicular
to the plane normal of the polygon.
“local coordinates” controls in which coordinate system the
calculations are done. When set to false, the world coordinate
system is used. When set to true, a local geometry system is
used. This argument influences the interpretation of the “origin”
and “world up” arguments.
234
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Textures
"auto axis"
Class
Texture Space
Synopsis
Automatic selection from one of the three coordinate axes.
Description
A texture space that selects one of the three
coordinate axes (x- y- and z-axes) whose plane is most closely
aligned with the surface at each point. The points in space are
then mapped onto this plane.
An overall scaling factor is provided by argument "scale".
Increasing this value will have the effect of increasing the scale
of all wrapped textures which use this mapping.
solidThinking User Manual
235
Section 5
"cylindrical"
Class
Texture Space
Synopsis
A cylindrical projection.
Description
A texture space in which all points in space
are mapped onto a cylinder.
The cylinder is specified in terms of a point on its axis in
argument "center point", and a direction vector along the axis
in argument "axis direction".
The origin of wrapped textures is specified by means of
argument "origin".
Scaling factors are provided in the direction around the axis in
argument "scale around axis", and in the direction along the
axis in argument "scale along axis".
If the “radius” value is zero, then the number of times a
wrapped shader repeats over a surface is the same no matter
how far the point to be shaded is from the axis of the texture
space. If this value is non-zero, the number of repeats will be
exactly that implied by the scale arguments only for points at a
distance of “radius”. At points nearer than the radius, the pattern
will repeat less often, at points further than the radius, more
often.
236
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Textures
"layout"
Class
Texture Space
Synopsis
A texture space shader that allows scaling,
rotation, and translation of texture coordinates.
Description
This shader allows images, textures, or decals
to be precisely positioned.
“rotation” rotates the texture around its origin point.
“s scale” scales the texture in the s-direction (left/right in the
texture’s coordinate system, for example), centered on the
texture’s origin point.
“t scale” scales the texture in the t-direction (up/down in the
texture’s coordinate system), centered on the texture’s origin
point).
“s offset” offsets (translates) the texture in the s-direction
(left/right in the texture’s coordinate system). Note that this is
applied after any scaling or rotation.
“t offset” offsets (translates) the texture in the s-direction
(up/down in the texture’s coordinate system). Note that this is
applied after any scaling or rotation.
solidThinking User Manual
237
Section 5
"local auto axis"
Class
Texture Space
Synopsis
Automatic selection from one of the three
coordinate axes.
Description
A texture space that selects one of the three
coordinate axes (x- y- and z-axes) whose plane is most closely
aligned with the surface at each point. The points in space are
then mapped onto this plane.
An overall scaling factor is provided by argument "scale".
Increasing this value will have the effect of increasing the scale
of all wrapped textures which use this mapping.
238
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Textures
"spherical"
Class
Texture Space
Synopsis
A spherical projection.
Description
A texture space in which all points in space
are mapped onto a sphere.
The sphere is specified in terms of its center point, passed as
argument "center point", and a point which corresponds to the
origin of wrapped textures, passed as argument "origin".
The orientation is specified by an "up" vector employed as
argument "axis direction", which corresponds to the upward
pointing axis of the sphere.
Scaling factors are provided, one in the latitudinal direction
("latitude scale") and one in the longitudinal direction
("longitude scale").
If the “radius” value is zero, then the number of times a
wrapped shader repeats over a surface is the same no matter
how far the point to be shaded is from the axis of the texture
space. If this value is non-zero, the number of repeats will be
exactly that implied by the scale arguments only for points at a
distance of “radius”. At points nearer than the radius, the pattern
will repeat less often, at points further than the radius, more
often.
solidThinking User Manual
239
Section 5
"uv"
Class
Texture Space
Synopsis
Texture space derived from the parametric coordinate system.
Description
A texture space shader that assigns the
parametric coordinate system to the texture space.
Independent scaling factors are provided for the u- and vcoordinate directions in arguments "u scale" and "v scale"
respectively.
240
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Textures
"uv label"
Class
Texture Space
Synopsis
Texture space derived from the parametric coordinate system. Very useful for labeling.
Description
A texture space shader that assigns the
parametric coordinate system to the texture space.
Independent scaling factors are provided for the u- and vcoordinate directions in arguments "u scale" and "v scale"
respectively.
It is also possible to change the "angle" and specify the origin in
the uv space by modifying "u origin" and "v origin" arguments.
solidThinking User Manual
241
Section 5
"x plane"
Class
Texture Space
Synopsis
A planar mapping into constant x.
Description
A texture space in which all points in space
are mapped onto a plane of constant x. The positive z-axis is
taken as an "up'' direction.
An overall scaling factor is specified by argument "scale".
Increasing the value of this factor will have the effect of
increasing the scale of all wrapped textures that use this texture
space.
242
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Textures
"y plane"
Class
Texture Space
Synopsis
A planar mapping into constant y.
Description
A texture space in which all points in space
are mapped onto a plane of constant y. The positive z-axis is
taken as an "up'' direction.
An overall scaling factor is specified by argument "scale".
Increasing the value of this factor will have the effect of
increasing the scale of all wrapped textures that use this texture
space.
solidThinking User Manual
243
Section 5
"z plane"
Class
Texture Space
Synopsis
A planar mapping into constant z.
Description
A texture space in which all points in space
are mapped onto a plane of constant z. The positive y-axis is
taken as an "up'' direction.
An overall scaling factor is specified by argument "scale".
Increasing the value of this factor will have the effect of
increasing the scale of all wrapped textures that use this texture
space.
244
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Textures
Texture Placement
In the following paragraphs we will examine some particular
cases of texture placement. We will then examine in detail the
Interactive Texturing tool which allows to position textures
working interactively in the modeling views.
Logo mapping
A common case of texture placement is when you need to apply a
logo over a surface.
Two textures must be prepared. The first one - sT-logo -will be
used as the label and it must have a black background (in our
example we have created a magenta “sT” logo). The second
texture – sT-mask - will be used to mask the background of the
first. Although the content is the same, the colors will be
different: white the background, black the logo.
sT-logo
solidThinking User Manual
sT-mask
245
Section 5
After selecting the surface, open the Shading panel. Choose
“decal” shader from the “Color” type. Then, specify the texture
spacing: choose “uv label” from the “decal texture space” list.
From the “decal transparency” list choose “wrapped image”.
Through the “file name” parameter, select the sT-mask texture.
246
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Textures
From the “decal color” list choose “wrapped image” and,
through the “file name” parameter, select the sT-logo texture.
solidThinking User Manual
247
Section 5
From the “base color” list choose “blue marble” or any
material you like.
If you want to position the logo in a corner you should prepare
the two textures as below.
248
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Textures
sT-logo
sT-mask
Note: In case you want to apply a label without transparency
effects - for example, the label of a wine bottle - you do not need
to create the masking texture and use the transparency
argument.
solidThinking User Manual
249
Section 5
U and V repeat
Sometimes you may want to repeat a texture over a surface.
Let’s see how this is done.
Any texture can be easily applied to a surface by choosing the
“wrapped image” shader form the Color type.
To control the number of repeats along the U and V directions,
choose “uv” from the Texture Space shaders and adjust the “u
scale” and “v scale” parameters.
250
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Textures
To repeat the texture twice along both U and V, just set “u
scale” and “v scale» as in the figure below.
solidThinking User Manual
251
Section 5
This technique can be used, for example, to create a tiled floor.
Texturing an uneven surface
Another interesting case is when you need to place a texture into
the UV space of an uneven surface, i.e. a surface that appears to
be stretched as in the figures below.
252
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Textures
If you use the “uv” Texture Space shaders, the texture will
follow the surface patches layout and the result will be an
uneven texture.
Although this effect could sometimes be exactly what you are
looking for, most often you will probably want the texture to be
evenly mapped over the surface.
solidThinking User Manual
253
Section 5
In this case, use the “z plane” shader as shown in the figure.
The texture will appear as if mapped over an even surface.
254
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Textures
Interactive Texturing
Interactively controls all parameters of texture mapping shaders.
In other words, thanks to this tool you can position textures and
more in general any material containing a texture mapping
shader. Supported shaders are the most commonly used, i.e.
UV, planar and cylindrical.
Please, note that this tool is NOT provided for applying
materials (for this purpose you must use the shading panel) but
only for positioning materials that you have already assigned.
How to use
1.
Select the object whose material you want to position.
Note that selected object must already have an assigned
material containing texture mapping shaders.
2.
Click the Texture Positioning icon or choose the Tools4
Texturing4Texture Positioning command from the menu.
3.
Open the Modeling Tool panel and choose, in the Active
Maps parameter, the texture mapping shader you want to
modify.
4.
Set the parameters of the modeling tool to obtain the
desired result.
The first parameter of the Modeling Tool panel shows a list of
texture mapping shaders active in the selected object. The list
can have more than one element in case of decal shaders; in all
other cases the list will include only one element.
solidThinking User Manual
255
Section 5
After selecting a shader in the list, the appropriate mapping tool is
activated. The texture to be mapped is represented as a blue grid.
The grid is pickable and can be moved to position the texture.
For UV and planar mapping, the grid borders have a different
function. Top and right borders allow the user to scale the
texture (vertically and horizontally) while the bottom and the left
borders (displayed in yellow) can be used to rotate the texture.
In particular, for UV mapping the grid lies over the surface to
which the texture is applied. The texture can be moved and
scaled in the UV domain [0,1]x[0,1].
If the current object is composed of more than one surface, the
texture is mapped in all surfaces at the same UV position.
Note: You should pay attention to texture mapping type in
polygonal object materials as UV mapping is not supported.
In case of planar mapping, the projection plane is shown in
green. The blue grid representing the texture lies on this plane
and can be moved, rotated and scaled just like UV mapping.
User can also edit the direction of the projection by changing the
orientation of the projection plane in space (the projection
direction is always perpendicular to the plane).
256
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Textures
When you are working with NURBS objects you can also enable
the Show projected grid option which is useful to see the exact
position of the texture on the objects.
Cylindrical mapping is similar to planar mapping. The
difference is that the projection surface shown in green is a
cylinder instead of a plane. Moreover, the texture can only be
moved and scaled but not rotated (the rotation of the texture on
the surface can be achieved by changing the projection
direction).
In this case the Show projected grid options is not available.
Note: It is possible to modify texture mapping shaders of more
than one object simultaneously. Note that texture mapping
shaders that can be edited are those present in the material of the
first selected object.
solidThinking User Manual
257
Section 5
Options
Active maps
The texture mapping shaders that can be interactively modified.
If selected objects have different materials only shaders applied
to the first selected object and present in materials of all other
objects can be edited.
Modeling Tool panel. Select from the list.
Mapping Type
The mapping type of the selected texture mapping shader (this
parameter is read-only). The supported mapping types are: UV,
planar and cylindrical (the only not supported texture space
shaders are auto axis and spherical.
Options
Various options to control user interaction.
Modeling Tool panel. Switch one of the following radio buttons on:
Interactive changes changes interactively the shaders (not only
at mouse button up). This is useful (but can be slow) in texture
visualization mode.
Show projection surfaces shows projection surfaces (plane or
cylinder) when the mapping type is planar or cylindrical.
Show projected grid shows the exact position of the texture
when the mapping type is planar.
U Origin
To set the U position of the texture in a surface (active only for
the UV mapping).
Modeling Tool panel. Set the position either by moving the
slider or by typing it in the data field and pressing Enter .
258
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Textures
V Origin
To set the V position of the texture in a surface (active only for
the UV mapping).
Modeling Tool panel. Set the position either by moving the
slider or by typing it in the data field and pressing Enter .
Angle
To set the angle of the texture with respect to the U isoparametric
lines of a surface (active only for the UV mapping).
Modeling Tool panel. Set the position either by moving the
slider or by typing it in the data field and pressing Enter .
Default directions
To set the projection direction for planar and cylindrical mapping.
Modeling Tool panel. Switch one of the following radio buttons on:
X, Y, Z: projection direction is aligned to the world X, Y or Z axis.
Horizontal, Vertical: projection direction is horizontal or
vertical on the active view.
Custom: user can specify a custom direction both interactively
and numerically.
Orbit
The starting point of the projection direction.
Modeling Tool panel. Type the new values in the XYZ data
fields and confirm them by pressing Enter .
Center
The end point of the projection direction.
Modeling Tool panel. Type the new values in the XYZ data
fields and confirm them by pressing Enter .
solidThinking User Manual
259
Section 5
Horiz. offset
For planar projection, it is the displacement of the texture along
the horizontal direction of the projection plane.
For cylindrical projection, it is the angle in degrees that
identifies the position of the texture horizontally around the
projection cylinder axis.
This parameter is disabled for UV mappings.
Modeling Tool panel. Set the offset value either by moving the
slider or by typing it in the data field and pressing Enter .
Vert. offset
For planar projection, it is the displacement of the texture along
the vertical direction of the projection plane.
For cylindrical projection, it is the displacement of the texture
along the projection cylinder axis.
This parameter is disabled for UV mappings.
Modeling Tool panel. Set the offset value either by moving the
slider or by typing it in the data field and pressing Enter .
Azimuth angle
The angle between the projection direction and the world XY
plane.
This parameter is disabled for UV mappings.
Modeling Tool panel. Set the angle either by moving the slider
or by typing it in the data field and pressing Enter .
Radial angle
The orientation angle of the projection direction around the
world Z axis.
This parameter is disabled for UV mappings.
Modeling Tool panel. Set the angle either by moving the slider
or by typing it in the data field and pressing Enter .
260
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Textures
Inclination
The inclination of the texture respect to the horizontal direction
of the projection plane (active only for planar mapping).
Modeling Tool panel. Set the inclination value either by moving
the slider or by typing it in the data field and pressing Enter .
Horiz. scale
For UV mapping, it is the U extension (parametric) of the
texture (in the domain [0..1]).
For Planar mapping, it is the linear horizontal extension of the
texture to be projected.
For Cylindrical mapping, it is the angular extension of the
texture around the axis of the projection cylinder (expressed as a
percentage of 360° as in the shading panel).
Modeling Tool panel. Set the scale value either by moving the
slider or by typing it in the data field and pressing Enter .
Vert. scale
For UV mapping, it is the V extension (parametric) of the
texture (in the domain [0,1]).
For Planar mapping, it is the linear vertical extension of the
texture to be projected.
For Cylindrical mapping, it is the linear vertical extension of the
texture to be projected along the axis of the projection cylinder.
Modeling Tool panel. Set the scale value either by moving the
slider or by typing it in the data field and pressing Enter .
solidThinking User Manual
261
Section 5
Center
UV mapping. To make the center of the texture coincident with
the center of the parametric domain of the surfaces ( at [0.5, 0.50] ).
Planar mapping, Cylindrical mapping. To make the center of
the texture coincident with the center of the projection plane (or
cylinder) and the center of projection coincident with the center
of bounding box of the selected objects.
Modeling Tool panel. Press the Center button .
Fit
UV mapping. To make the texture cover exactly the entire
surface.
Planar mapping. To make the projected texture optimally cover
all selected objects.
Cylindrical mapping. No effect.
Modeling Tool panel. Press the Fit button.
Horiz. grid detail
Number of horizontal subdivisions of the grid representing the
texture.
Modeling Tool panel. Set the scale value either by moving the
slider or by typing it in the data field and pressing Enter .
Vert. grid detail
Number of vertical subdivisions of the grid representing the
texture.
Modeling Tool panel. Set the scale value either by moving the
slider or by typing it in the data field and pressing Enter .
262
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Lights
5.4
Lights
In real world environments light sources affect the appearance
of objects and define their shapes. solidThinking allows you to
reproduce these effects. Just as in a photographic set, you can
position and control an unlimited number of light sources.
solidThinking handles light sources by treating them as
shaders, which have positions, intensities, and other properties,
such as directions, colors, etc. And just like any other shader,
each light source has parameters that can be edited.
During the shading of an object, light source shaders are
accessed to find the intensity, color, and angle of incidence of
light from each source, which, along with the color, texture,
reflectance component, etc., of the object, can be used to
establish its appearance at a particular point.
This lighting method offers you enormous advantages compared
to any other method, giving you the flexibility to modify
illumination of the scene very quickly and precisely.
In solidThinking, light sources are not modeled in a
physically-based manner. For example, intensities are given by
using arbitrary units that do not directly relate to the power
output of a lamp, or any other such physical measurement. A
physically accurate simulation of lighting conditions can be
achieved when using the Radiosity Processor Module: in fact,
the role of the shaded rendering engine is intended only to
generate shaded images that look realistic.
By default the scene is illuminated by a single eye light.
solidThinking User Manual
263
Section 5
Light Source types
solidThinking
provides several standard light source
prototypes, namely ambient, distant, eye, goniometric, point,
projector, and spot lights. These light source types should
provide for adequate simulation of real world lighting
phenomena. They can be shortly described as follows:
Ambient
A non-directional light providing uniform illumination.
Point
A light from a point source. Examples of a point light are bulbs
and candles.
Spot
A directional light from a spot source with a cone of
illumination
Distant
A directional light from a distant source. It is made up of
parallel rays of light, all of which follow the same direction. As
the result, surfaces with the same orientation receive the same
quantity of light. The sun is considered a distant light because it
is so far from us that rays arriving to earth are parallel.
Sun
A light source designed to mimic sunlight.
Sky
Sky light source.
Simple Sky
A fast approximation to a true sky light.
264
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Lights
Environment
Light source which provides lighting effects from the current
environment (by treating the environment texture as a light
source). For best results a high dynamic range image should be
used as the environment texture.
Simple Environment
An alternative environment light source which may in some
cases be slightly quicker than the "environment" light, at the
cost of reduced quality.
Projector
Projects a supplied image onto illuminated objects.
Goniometric
Light source for which the distribution of light is specified in
using industry-standard data.
In addition to the above light source types, there are Area Light
sources, which are only usable within the Radiosity Processor
Module and are explained in the Radiosity paragraph:
The next paragraphs will examine in detail how to add any light
to the scene by using the Light tool and assigning one of the
different light shaders available.
solidThinking User Manual
265
Section 5
New Light
It allows you to add and position any light source in the 3D
scene.
How to use
1.
Click the Light tool icon or choose the Tools4
Cam/Light4Light command from the menu.
2.
The program console prompts Local axes origin.
3.
Locate the curve axes origin following one of the two methods:
a)
Click and drag in any view and release the mouse
button to confirm placement.
b)
Type its XYZ coordinates in the console (values
must be separated by a comma, i.e. 1,2,3) and press
Enter to confirm. If you press Enter without typing
any value in the console, the axes origin of the curve
will be placed in correspondence with the XYZ
origin.
At this point you have positioned a light source in the 3D scene
but no lighting characteristic has been defined yet. Now, any
light shader can be assigned.
To successively select a light, you can simply click it in any
view or choose it using the Hierarchy Browser, which lists all
the lights in the 3D scene twice. Look at the following picture.
266
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Lights
The first time, under World, they are displayed in order of
insertion in the scene; the second time, under Lights, they are
displayed together so that you can have a quick feedback on
which lights are in the scene.
solidThinking User Manual
267
Section 5
Options
Position
To modify XYZ coordinates of the light position.
Views. Choose the Edit mode. Pick the Position hotSpot and
drag it. Release the mouse button when you have reached the
desired location.
Modeling Tool panel. Type the coordinate values in the XYZ
data fields and confirm them by pressing Enter .
Target
To modify XYZ coordinates of the light target.
Views. Choose the Edit mode. Pick the Target hotSpot and drag
it. Release the mouse button when you have reached the desired
location.
Modeling Tool panel. Type the coordinates values in the XYZ
data fields and confirm them by pressing Enter .
Aperture
To adjust the angle of distribution of the light.
Modeling Tool panel. Set the degrees value either by moving
the slider or by typing it in the data field and pressing Enter .
Note: Depending on the light shader you assign to the Light
tool, the above mentioned options may be accessible or not.
Specific light parameters are available as arguments of each
light shader and listed in the Shading panel.
268
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Lights
Assigning a Light Shader
Once you have positioned a light in the 3D scene using the light
tool, you are ready to assign a light shader.
Select the light. Open the Shading panel (choose the
Managers4Shading command or use the Ctrl + 3 shortcut).
This panel displays three tabs (Surface, Light, and Image) on
the upper left corner.
Select the Light tab. The Shader tree column on the left lists
only the Light shader type.
The name of the shader assigned is displayed in [square
brackets]. <None> indicates that no shader is currently assigned.
To assign a shader just press the right mouse button when you
are over the Light shader class: a pop-up menu will be displayed
allowing you to choose among the available shaders by simply
dragging.
solidThinking User Manual
269
Section 5
When you are over the shader you want to use, release the
mouse button: the name of the chosen shader will be displayed,
instead of <None>, in square brackets.
In the middle of the panel, the Parameters column lists the
shader arguments by means of which you can customize the
shader and define its lighting characteristics.
Depending on the number of arguments a shader has, the list
can be scrollable or not.
270
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Lights
Saving light settings
solidThinking allows you to save any light setting and store it
in the extensible Materials library so that it can be quickly
retrieved for any successive use.
To save a new light setting, press the Save button on the bottom
right of the Shading panel.
The Choose or browse for a material library dialog is
displayed. Choose the Library to which you want to store the
new light setting by scrolling the list. Click Browser to search
for other libraries. If you want to create a new library, click
Make New Folder, enter a folder name, and click OK. The
message is displayed: A material library does not exist in this path.
Create a new one? Click Yes to confirm and enter a new library
name in the Material library settings dialog. Enter a name for
the new light setting in the New material name dialog and click
OK to confirm.
You will find the new light setting in the Materials browser
under the library you chose.
solidThinking User Manual
271
Section 5
Editing light settings
Any light setting previously stored in the Materials library may
be modified at any time by changing argument values.
After editing a light setting assigned to a light tool, you have
two options:
a)
To overwrite the original light setting and save changes
under the same name, simply press the Save button.
b)
To retain the original light setting and create a new one
under a different name press the Save as… button. The Choose
or browse for a material library dialog is displayed. Choose
the Library to which you want to store the new light setting by
scrolling the list. Click Browser to search for other libraries. If
you want to create a new library, click Make New Folder, enter
a folder name, and click OK. The message is displayed: A
material library does not exist in this path. Create a new one? Click
Yes to confirm and enter a new library name in the Material
library settings dialog. Enter a name for the new light setting in
the New material name dialog and click OK to confirm.
You will find the new light setting in the Materials browser
under the library you chose.
272
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Lights
Shadows
One feature, which applies to light source shaders but not to
shaders of other classes, is the specification, creation and
manipulation of shadows.
Of the six light sources supplied, distant, point, projector and
spot light sources are able to cast shadows. Ambient and eye
light sources do not cast shadows.
solidThinking supports shadowing in two different methods:
shadow mapping and shadow ray casting. Note, however, that
the shadow ray casting technique is only used by the ray tracer
renderer.
The shadow ray casting works by following rays from a point
on an object’s surface toward light sources. Thus, it establishes
whether or not there is a direct line of sight from the point to a
given light source, and if it is lit by, or in shadow from, the
source.
The shadow mapping technique involves shadow information
for each light source that is able to cast shadows. This
information may then be applied in a view-independent manner
to subsequent images that are rendered. The properties of the
shadows are specified by means of some of the arguments to the
corresponding light source instance. Before a light source is
able to cast shadows using this method, the preprocessing of the
shadow data must be undertaken at the explicit direction of the
application program. If any changes are made to the
specification of the light source that affect the shadows, then the
preprocessing of shadow data must be repeated.
The ray casting technique can only produce hard-edged
shadows, which tend to detract from the realism of an image.
On the contrary, the shadow mapping technique is capable of
producing shadows with softened edges.
solidThinking User Manual
273
Section 5
The technique that is applied is determined from the ‘resolution’
value of the light shader. The resolution of shadowing is set for
each light source individually using the shader argument
"shadow resolution". If this value is set to zero for a light
source, then shadowing from that source will be calculated
using ray casting, producing hard-edged shadows.
When light passes through objects that are semi-transparent, you
expect light to be partially occluded. For example, sunlight
passing through a stained-glass window can produce a multicolored ‘shadow’ on the floor.
solidThinking can reproduce this sort of effect, when shadows
are produced using ray-casting (i.e., the light sources involved
must be declared to produce ray-cast shadows by setting the
"shadow resolution" shader argument to zero). The shadowmapping technique is not adequate to provide this effect, and it
will produce shadows as if the object were completely opaque.
When using ray-casting, a surface rendered using a "plain"
colored transparency will cast shadows that are changed in hue
as if the light had travelled through a colored medium.
On the other hand, a surface with many holes (as would be the
case if the "eroded" transparency shader were used) will result
in a mottled shadow being cast.
A "wrapped image" transparency shader will result in the image
being used to cast shadows. This is how the effect of stainedglass, or windows with frames within the main shape, can be
achieved without complicated modeling.
While it is possible to create some very interesting effects using
this technique, keep in mind that it is very computationally
intensive.
274
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Lights
Controlling Shadow
Production for Each
Object
The production or otherwise of shadows can be controlled for
each object in the scene, as well as for each light.
By default, all objects will cast and receive shadows, when
illuminated by lights which cast them. However, there may be
situations where this is undesirable, for instance, certain objects
cannot produce a visible shadow, due to the viewing position:
excluding these objects from shadow calculations can result in
improved rendering performance; both in terms of increased
speed and reduced memory usage.
This can be performed through the hierarchy browser (open it
using the Managers4Browser command). By right clicking
one or more selected objects in the browser, a popup menu
appears allowing you to instruct the program as whether an
object must Cast shadows or not and whether it must Receive
shadows or not.
You can resort to these options also to illuminate certain areas
of a scene without creating shadows, without the need for a
complex system of ‘fill’ lights as would be used in a theatre or
movie set.
solidThinking User Manual
275
Section 5
Light Shaders
Let’s now examine in detail shaders of the Light class.
For each shader we are providing synopsis, arguments, related
default values, and description.
You can gain confidence with each shader by modifying
parameters and verifying how this affects its lighting
characteristics.
Shader Summary
276
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Lights
"ambient"
Class
Light Source
Synopsis
Uniform illumination.
Description
A non-directional light source that equally
illuminates all surfaces regardless of orientation.
The intensity of the source (as a scalar quantity) and its color
are specified as arguments "intensity" and "color" respectively.
Ambient light is often used as a secondary light source,
supporting a stronger directional light type (distant, spot).
solidThinking User Manual
277
Section 5
"distant"
Class
Light Source
Synopsis
Parallel light from a distant source.
Description
A directional light source emitting light
parallel to a given direction vector as if coming from a very
distant source, such as the sun.
The direction of light is specified by means of two arguments:
"location" and "to", such that the direction vector is taken as
being from the "location" point towards the "to" point.
The intensity of the light (as a scalar quantity) and its color are
specified by means of the arguments "intensity" and "color"
respectively.
“shadow type” specifies hard (ray-cast) or soft (shadowmapped) shadows.
“shadow transparency” specifies the way that shadows
through transparent objects are handled.
Shadows may be turned on by checking the "shadows"
argument on. The resolution of the shadow map that is used in
the preprocessing of shadows is specified in argument "shadow
resolution". If this is given as 0, then ray casting will be used to
calculate the shadow, which will result in a hard-edged shadow.
The quality of the shadows is specified by "shadow quality": a
value of 1 corresponds to low quality, while a larger value such
as 9 gives higher quality.
A value that determines how soft the boundaries of shadows
appear is specified in argument "shadow softness". A value of
1.0 gives rise to hard shadow boundaries, and a larger value
278
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Lights
such as 4.0 causes soft boundaries with penumbrae.
“shadow tolerance” modifies the shadow map sampling
distance, to deal with self shadowing artifacts that can be
apparent with low resolution, high softness shadows.
“intensity units” is the unit of light intensity. Options are
empirical, lux, kilolux, or footcandle.
“scattering” specifies whether the light will cause scattering
effects when used in conjunction with the “scattering medium”
foreground.
“lighting components” specify how the contribution of the light
should be modelled during the final gathering process.
Distant light sources may be used in radiosity simulations, in
which case only the "location", "to" and "radiant" power
arguments will be relevant.
Since the distant source is thought of as a light source at
infinity, it is not meaningful to define the power it emits.
Instead, we define the effect the source has on objects in the
scene. The "power", defined separately for the red, green and
blue wavelengths, defines the radiant energy landing on a planar
region, of unit area, which is facing directly towards the light
source. The power should be specified in units of Watts.
solidThinking User Manual
279
Section 5
"environment"
Class
Light Source
Synopsis
Uses the environment map to light scene (for
Image Based Lighting).
Description
If you do not use the global environment map,
you can select a different environment map from the
“environment” subshader. Options include auto, angular map,
cube map, fixed cross map, infinite cross map, latitude longitude
map, and sphere map.
“intensity” measures the intensity of the light.
“intensity units” measure the units of light intensity. Options
include empirical, lux, kilolux and footcandle.
“shadows” switches the shadows on or off for this light source.
“shadow type” specifies the hard (ray-cast) or soft (shadowmapped) shadows.
“shadow transparency” specifies the way that shadows
through transparent objects are handled.
“shadow resolution” is the resolution of the shadow map (if
soft shadows are specified).
The “shadow quality” is the quality of the shadows generated
using the shadow map (if soft shadows are specified).
The “shadow softness” determines the softness of the edges of
shadows generated using the shadow map (if soft shadows are
specified).
“shadow tolerance” modifies the shadow map sampling
distance, to deal with self shadowing artifacts that can be
280
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Lights
apparent with low resolution, high softness shadows.
“number of samples” indicates the number of samples taken,
given a sample trade-off between speed and accuracy.
“noise factor” adds some “noise” to the sampling to reduce any
visible artifacts caused by sampling errors.
“use global environment” specifies whether to use the global
environment rather than a specific one.
“saturation” increases or decreases the color saturation of the
environment lighting. Negative values will desaturate the
illumination.
“use upper hemisphere only” specifies whether to sample only
the upper hemisphere of the environment instead of the whole
environment.
“lighting components” specify how the contribution of the
light should be modeled during the final gathering process.
solidThinking User Manual
281
Section 5
"goniometric"
Class
Light Source
Synopsis
Light source with intensity distribution
specified in an industry standard fashion.
For use with both radiosity and shaded
rendering.
Description
A goniometric light source can emit widely
varying amounts of light energy in different directions. One
goniometric source could behave exactly like a point light
source; another could behave exactly like a spot light source,
and a third could look nothing like either of those.
A goniometric light gets its intensity distribution function (how
much light goes in any one direction) from an industry-standard
file.
This file can be in any one of three formats; the shader will
work out the type you have provided. The three formats
supported are as follows:
- CIE (Commission Internationale de L’Eclairage). An
international standard. Detail of the file format may be found in
the CIE Technical Report CIE-102, 1993, Recommended File
Format for Electronic Transfer of Luminaire Photometric Data’,
ISBN 3-900-734-40-2.
- IESNA (Illuminating Engineering Society of North America).
A North American standard. Details can be found in the
technical report IESNALM-63-95, ‘IESNA Standard File
Format for Electronic Transfer of Photometric Data’.
- CIBSE (Chartered Institution of Building Services Engineers).
A British standard. Details can be found in CIBSE Technical
Memorandum 14 (TM14, 1988), ‘CIBSE Standard File Format
for the Electronic Transfer of Luminaire Photometric Data.
282
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Lights
All of these formats are formatted ASCII text files (`flat files')
containing various keywords to identify the data which follows.
The meanings of the shading arguments are as follows:
“intensity” is the intensity of the light.
"color" The RGB color of the emitted light. If used in
conjunction with color temperature, this will be combined with
whatever RGB color comes from that.
"color temperature" A temperature, in Kelvin, which should
be greater than 1000K if it is not to be ignored. If set to 0, or
never set, then the color argument alone defines the color of
emitted light.
"location". The location of the light, in world coordinates.
"to". The point that defines where the "South Pole" of the
(polar) intensity distribution should be. Again, world
coordinates.
"equator zero". The point that defines a reference point on the
"equator" of the (polar) intensity distribution.
“rotation” applies a rotation (in degrees) to the emission data
around the equator of the (polar) intensity distribution.
“fall off” specifies how the illumination varies with distance
from the light.
"shadows". A Boolean that specifies whether or not the light
should cast shadows.
“shadow type” specifies hard (ray-cast) or soft (shadowmapped) shadows.
“shadow transparency” specifies the way that shadows
through transparent objects are handled.
solidThinking User Manual
283
Section 5
“shadow resolution” is the resolution of the shadow map (if
soft shadows are specified).
“shadow quality” is the quality of the shadows generated using
the shadow map (if soft shadows are applied).
“shadow softness” is the softness of the edges of shadows
generated using the shadow map (if soft shadows are specified).
“shadow tolerance” modifies the shadow map sampling
distance, to deal with self shadowing artifacts that can be
apparent with low resolution, high softness shadows.
"file name". A file specifying, via a spherical polar distribution,
how much light is emitted in different directions. Four file
format are supported: CIE, IESNA, CIBSE, and EULUMDAT.
You can define whether the luminous intensity has been
supplied in candela or in kilocandela in the "intensity units"
field. The latter has the advantage that intensity values around
1:0 are representative of lights that one might well find in the
modern built environment. Other options include lumen,
kilolumen, and empirical.
“scattering” specifies whether the light will cause scattering
effects when used in conjunction with the “scattering medium”
foreground.
“lighting components” specify how the contribution of the light
should be modelled during the final gathering process.
"power" (only with Radiosity). This is a single float value that
defines the total power output of the source. If "power units" is
set to "lumens", then this is the luminous power of the source. If
"power units" is set to "watts", then this is the sum of the red,
green and blue components of the energy (in Watts) leaving the
source. In this latter case the red: green: blue ratio is
determined by the color arguments.
284
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Lights
"lamp type". This is a string interface to the "color
temperature" argument. One has the option of specifying one of
nine different strings, each representing a common lamp type.
These strings map directly onto a color temperature, which is
then used in color determination. The table below shows the
color temperatures of some common lamp types:
Lamp Type
warm white fluorescent
white fluorescent
cool white fluorescent
daylight fluorescent
clear mercury
improved color mercury
low pressure sodium
high pressure sodium
tungsten halogen
solidThinking User Manual
Color Temp (K)
3020
3450
4250
6250
5710
4430
1740
2100
3190
285
Section 5
"point"
Class
Light Source
Synopsis
Light from a point source.
Description
A light source emitting light from a point
equally in all directions.
The position of light is specified by means of argument
"location".
Intensity (as a scalar quantity) and color are specified by means
of the arguments "intensity" and "color" respectively.
An argument "fall off" is provided and it may be used to
indicate how the intensity of light emanating from the point
varies with distance from the point itself. It can either be
constant, inverse, inverse square, unclamped inverse, or
unclamped inverse square. If fall off is set to constant, the light
intensity does not vary with distance from the source. If fall off
is set to inverse, the light intensity varies with the inverse of the
distance from the source.
If fall off is set to inverse square, the light intensity varies with
the inverse squared distance from the source.
Shadows may be turned on by checking the "shadows"
argument on. The resolution of the shadow map that is used in
the preprocessing of shadows is specified by "shadow
resolution". If this is given as 0, then ray casting will be used to
calculate the shadow, resulting in a hard-edged shadow.
“shadow type” specifies hard (ray-cast) or soft (shadowmapped) shadows.
286
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Lights
“shadow transparency” specifies the way that shadows
through transparent objects are handled.
The quality of shadows is specified by "shadow quality": a
value of 1 corresponds to low quality, and a larger value such as
9 gives higher quality.
A value that determines how soft the boundaries of shadows
appear is specified in argument "shadow softness". A value of
1.0 gives rise to hard shadow boundaries, and a larger value
such as 4.0 causes soft boundaries with penumbrae.
“shadow tolerance” modifies the shadow map sampling
distance, to deal with self shadowing artifacts that can be
apparent with low resolution, high softness shadows.
"power" specifies the power output of visible light energy by
the source. This value is given independently for the red, green
and blue components. The power should be specified in units of
Watts.
"color temperature" defines a temperature, in Kelvin, which
should be greater than 150K if it is not to be ignored. If set to 0,
or never set, then the color argument alone defines the color of
emitted light.
You can define whether the luminous intensity has been
supplied in candela or in kilocandela in the "intensity units"
field. The latter has the advantage that intensity values around
1:0 are representative of lights that one might well find in the
modern built environment. Other options include lumen,
kilolumen, and empirical.
The "scattering" option specifies whether the light will cause
scattering effects when used in conjunction with the “scattering
medium” foreground.
“lighting components” specify how the contribution of the light
should be modelled during the final gathering process.
solidThinking User Manual
287
Section 5
"projector"
Class
Light Source
Synopsis
Light source that projects a focused image,
rather than plain light.
Description
A light source that projects a focused image,
rather than plain light, simulating the effect of a slide projector.
It also allows the effect of light passing through a stained glass
window to be modeled, if a smaller angle of illumination is
used.
A black and white image allows light to be ‘stenciled’, which
for example can give the effect of a window with shadows cast
by the window frame.
A "projector" light source behaves similarly to a "spot" light
source, and is defined in the same way, except that an image file
is also specified as one of its parameters by the "file name"
argument.
The light position is specified by means of argument "location";
the direction of the axis of the cone points from this position to
the point specified by argument "to".
The argument "up vector" defines the orientation of the image
in world-space. A sensible value for this argument ensures that
the image is `the right way up'.
288
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Lights
Intensity (as a scalar quantity) and color are detailed in
arguments "intensity" and "color" respectively.
The light color will, of course, be filtered by the image; a nonwhite value for "color" will be rather like using a colored lightbulb in a slide projector.
“softness” controls the degree of blurring on the image texture.
The argument "fall off" may be used to indicate how the
intensity of light emanating from the point varies with distance
from the point. It can either be constant, inverse, inverse square,
unclamped inverse, or unclamped inverse square. If fall off is
set to constant, the light intensity does not vary with distance
from the source. If fall off is set to inverse, the light intensity
varies with the inverse of the distance from the source. If fall off
is set to inverse square, the light intensity varies with the
inverse squared distance from the source.
The angle of the frustum within which light is emitted from the
light source is specified in degrees by the value passed as
argument "angle".
Shadows may be turned on by checking the "shadows"
argument on. "shadow resolution" lets you set the resolution of
the shadow map that is used in the preprocessing of shadows. If
this is given as 0, then ray casting will be used to calculate the
shadow, resulting in a hard-edged shadow.
The quality of the shadows is specified by "shadow quality": a
value of 1 corresponds to low quality, while a larger value such
as 9 gives higher quality.
“shadow type” specifies hard (ray-cast) or soft (shadowmapped) shadows.
“shadow transparency” specifies the way that shadows
through transparent objects are handled.
solidThinking User Manual
289
Section 5
A value that determines how soft the boundaries of shadows
appear is specified in argument "shadow softness". A value of
1.0 gives rise to hard shadow boundaries, and a larger value
such as 4.0 causes soft boundaries with penumbrae.
“shadow tolerance” modifies the shadow map sampling
distance, to deal with self shadowing artifacts that can be
apparent with low resolution, high softness shadows.
"color temperature" defines a temperature, in Kelvin, which
should be greater than 150K if it is not to be ignored. If set to 0,
or never set, then the color argument alone defines the color of
emitted light.
You can define whether the luminous intensity has been
supplied in candela or in kilocandela in the "intensity units"
field. The latter has the advantage that intensity values around
1:0 are representative of lights that one might well find in the
modern built environment. Other options include lumen,
kilolumen, and empirical.
The "scattering" option specifies whether the light will cause
scattering effects when used in conjunction with the “scattering
medium” foreground.
“lighting components” specify how the contribution of the light
should be modelled during the final gathering process.
290
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Lights
"simple environment"
Class
Light Source
Synopsis
Uses the environment map to light scene (for
Image Based Lighting).
Description
If you do not use the global environment map,
you can select a different environment map from the
“environment” subshader. Options include auto, angular map,
cube map, fixed cross map, infinite cross map, latitude longitude
map, and sphere map.
“intensity” measures the intensity of the light.
“intensity units” measure the units of light intensity. Options
include empirical, lux, kilolux and footcandle.
“shadows” switches the shadows on or off for this light source.
“shadow type” specifies the hard (ray-cast) or soft (shadowmapped) shadows.
“shadow transparency” specifies the way that shadows
through transparent objects are handled.
“shadow resolution” is the resolution of the shadow map (if
soft shadows are specified).
The “shadow quality” is the quality of the shadows generated
using the shadow map (if soft shadows are specified).
The “shadow softness” determines the softness of the edges of
shadows generated using the shadow map (if soft shadows are
specified).
“shadow tolerance” modifies the shadow map sampling
distance, to deal with self shadowing artifacts that can be
solidThinking User Manual
291
Section 5
apparent with low resolution, high softness shadows.
“number of samples” indicates the number of samples taken,
given a sample trade-off between speed and accuracy.
“noise factor” adds some “noise” to the sampling to reduce any
visible artifacts caused by sampling errors.
“softness” controls the area of the environment map represented
by each sample. A value of 1 for “softness” and 10 for “number
of samples” means that each sample returns the average of an
area of sky equal to 1/10th of the whole sky, whereas a value of 2
for “softness” means that each sample represents an area of twotenths of the sky.
“use global environment” specifies whether to use the global
environment rather than a specific one.
“saturation” increases or decreases the color saturation of the
environment lighting. Negative values will desaturate the
illumination (the colors will fade to grey, for example).
“use upper hemisphere only” specifies whether to sample only
the upper hemisphere of the environment instead of the whole
environment.
“lighting components” specify how the contribution of the
light should be modeled during the final gathering process.
292
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Lights
"simple sky"
Class
Light Source
Synopsis
A fast approximation to a true sky light.
Description
The “simple sky” light shader is simpler to
use, and usually faster to execute, than the "sky" shader, but is
still capable of providing good results.
The "simple sky" light models the sky as a simple, uniform
dome, rather than attempting to model the non-uniform
distribution of light across a real sky.
The shader has arguments for "intensity", "intensity units",
"color", "color temperature", "shadows", "shadow type",
“shadow transparency”, "shadow resolution", "shadow
quality", "shadow softness", and "shadow tolerance" which
are all standard for light source shaders.
The arguments which are specific to the "simple sky" light
source shader are as follows:
"up": The "up" vector defines the orientation of the sky
hemisphere with respect to the scene. Specifically, it is a vector
that joins any point in your scene to the zenith (highest point) of
the sky hemisphere.
"noise factor": This control has no effect if soft shadows are
requested, but when hard shadows are being calculated the
sample directions are varied (‘jittered’) slightly in an effort to
replace sampling artifacts with noise. Unlike the "sky" shader,
every sample will be jittered if the "noise factor" is set to a large
enough value. Values can vary from 0.0 (no jittering) to 1.0
(maximum jittering).
solidThinking User Manual
293
Section 5
“number of samples” are the number of samples used (more
will improve realism but will take longer).
“lighting components” specify how the contribution of the light
should be modelled during the final gathering process.
294
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Lights
"sky"
Class
Light Source
Synopsis
Simulates illumination by the sky hemisphere.
Description
A light source to account for the illumination
from the sky (but not the direct contribution due to the sun
itself). The sky is modeled as a hemisphere with an infinite
radius, positioned above the centre of the current scene.
The orientation of the sky is specified by the "north" and "up"
shader arguments; the latter defines the horizon for every point
being illuminated. The position of the sun is specified via the
"sun altitude" and "sun azimuth" arguments. Whilst the actual
contribution of the sun is not modelled by the shader, its
location will determine the appearance of the sky hemisphere,
whose contribution is modelled by the shader. The "sun altitude"
is the angle, in degrees, of the sun above the horizon. The "sun
azimuth" is the angle, in degrees, of the sun around the horizon.
An azimuth of 0 means that the sun in the North (defined by the
"north" shader parameter); an azimuth of 90 puts the sun in the
East, and an azimuth of 270 puts the sun in the West.
The "type" argument specifies how the illumination is
distributed over the sky. Six standard models are provided; three
are from the Commission Internationale de L'Éclairage (CIE),
and three are from the compatible North American body, the
Illuminating Engineering Society of North America (IESNA).
solidThinking User Manual
295
Section 5
Luminance distributions supplied are:
Standard CIE Overcast Sky
Standard CIE Clear Sky
CIE Intermediate Sky
Standard IESNA Overcast Sky
Standard IESNA Clear Sky
Standard IESNA Intermediate Sky
Essentially, the `clear' skies will model the sky as if it were a
sunny, cloudless, day (the brightest part of the sky surrounds the
sun location) whilst the `overcast' skies model the sky on a
cloudy day (where the brightest part of the sky is straight up).
An `intermediate' sky models a sky that is neither clear nor
cloudy.
The more complex the sky illumination (`clear' is most complex,
`overcast' is least complex) the more expensive (computepower) the light source shader.
To specify the brightness of the light emitted by the sky, use the
"intensity" argument. This gives the luminance at the sky's
zenith.
The “color” argument is the RGB color of the light emitted. Set
this to white (the default) if you want to specify a color
temperature instead. "color temperature" A temperature, in
Kelvin, which should be greater than 1000K if it is not to be
ignored. If set to 0, or never set, then the color argument alone
defines the color of emitted light.
“intensity units” defines the units of the light intensity.
“min lod” and “max lod” specify the minimum (initial) and
maximum level of sampling detail, respectively.
The degree of sampling error above which the sampling rate will
be gradually increased toward the maximum is defined by
“error bound”. Smaller values will result in more detailed
sampling at the cost of extra processing.
296
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Lights
“noise factor” adds some “noise” to the sampling to reduce any
visible artifacts caused by sampling errors.
The "shadows" parameter specifies whether or not the sky will
cast shadows on the scene.
“shadow transparency” specifies the way that shadows
through transparent objects are handled.
“lighting components” specify how the contribution of the light
should be modelled during the final gather processing.
solidThinking User Manual
297
Section 5
"spot"
Class
Light Source
Synopsis
Light from a spot source constrained to a
cone.
Description
A light source emitting light from a single
point and constrained to a cone.
The position of the light is specified by means of argument
"location", and the direction of the axis of the cone points from
this position to the point specified by argument "to".
The intensity of the light (as a scalar quantity) and its color are
specified by means of the arguments "intensity" and "color"
respectively.
The argument "fall off" is provided which may be used to
indicate the way in which the intensity of light emanating from
the point varies with distance from the point. It can either be
constant, linear, square, linear no clamp, or square no clamp. If
fall off is set to constant, the light intensity does not vary with
distance from the source. If fall off is set to inverse, the light
intensity varies with the inverse of the distance from the source.
If fall off is set to square, the light intensity varies with the
squared distance from the source.
The angle of the cone within which light is emitted from the
light source is specified in degrees by the value passed as
argument "cone angle" (a full angle), while the angular distance
over which the intensity diminishes is specified by argument
"cone delta angle" (a half angle).
298
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Lights
This angle is measured from "cone angle" and towards the axis,
and is specified such that the intensity is varied from the
computed value at the angle 0.5 × "cone angle" - "cone delta
angle" to zero at angle 0.5 × "cone angle".
The variation of the intensity of light from the axis of the cone
outwards may be set with the argument "beam distribution". A
value of 0.0 for this argument causes uniform intensity across
the interior of the beam, and the higher the value, the faster the
intensity diminishes with the angle.
Shadows may be turned on by checking the "shadows"
argument on. The resolution of the shadow map that is used in
the preprocessing of shadows is passed in argument "shadow
resolution". If this is given as 0, then ray casting will be used to
calculate the shadow, resulting in a hard-edged shadow.
“shadow transparency” specifies the way that shadows
through transparent objects are handled.
The quality of shadows is specified by "shadow quality": a
value of 1 corresponds to low quality, while a larger value such
as 9 gives higher quality.
A value that determines how soft the boundaries of shadows
appear is specified in argument "shadow softness". A value of
1.0 gives rise to hard shadow boundaries, and a larger value
such as 4.0 causes soft boundaries with penumbrae.
“shadow tolerance” modifies the shadow map sampling
distance to deal with self shadowing artifacts that can be
apparent with low resolution, high softness shadows.
"color temperature" defines a temperature, in Kelvin, which
should be greater than 150K if it is not to be ignored. If set to 0,
or never set, then the color argument alone defines the color of
emitted light.
You can define whether the luminous intensity has been
supplied in candela or in kilocandela in the "intensity units"
solidThinking User Manual
299
Section 5
field. The latter has the advantage that intensity values around
1:0 are representative of lights that one might well find in the
modern built environment.
The "scattering" option specifies whether the light will cause
scattering effects when used in conjunction with the “scattering
medium” foreground.
“lighting components” specify how the contribution of the light
should be modelled during the final gathering process, using
either the Gather Indirect or Use Global options.
300
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Lights
"sun"
Class
Light Source
Synopsis
A light source emitting light from the Sun
(i.e., a very distant source).
.
Description
The light emitted is parallel to the vector
between the coordinate system origin and a point which is located
"altitude" degrees above the horizon in the direction "azimuth".
The coordinate system in which "altitude" and "azimuth" are
defined is specified by means of "north" and "up" vectors.
Values of "azimuth" of 0, 90, 180 and 270 degrees correspond to
North, East, South and West respectively. A value of 90 degrees
for the "altitude" argument corresponds to the sun in zenith.
The color of sun is determined by "color" and "color
temperature" arguments. The intensity of the sunlight is
controlled by the mean of the "intensity" parameter. The intensity
can be specified in different intensity units by setting "intensity
units" to one of the following values: Empirical,
Lux, Kilolux, Footcandle.
The sun shader is capable of working out sun position, intensity,
and color from time and date information, or using values given
directly by the user. This is specified by the “mode” argument.
The modes are ‘all’(intensity, color, and position of the sun are
worked out from the time/date and latitude/longitude), ‘position’
(the position of the sun is worked out from the time/date and
latitude/longitude), ‘intensity’ (the intensity and color of the sun is
worked out from the time/date and latitude/longitude), and ‘none’
(the intensity, color, and position of the sun must all be specified
directly),
Parameters "latitude" and "longitude" define location of scene.
Their values are specified in degrees. For "latitude" positive values
define position on the north hemisphere, negative values on the
solidThinking User Manual
301
Section 5
south hemisphere. For "longitude" positive values define position on
the east hemisphere, negative values on the west hemisphere.
“time zone” allows you to enter the date, month, and year, as well
as the time in hours, minutes, and seconds.Shadows may be
turned on for the sun by means of the flag "shadows".
“shadow type” specifies the hard (ray-cast) or soft (shadowmapped) shadows. “shadow transparency” specifies the way
that shadows through transparent objects are handled. “shadow
resolution” is the resolution of the shadow map (if soft shadows
are specified).
The quality of the shadows is specified by "shadow quality": a
value of 1 corresponds to low quality, and a larger value such as
9 gives higher quality. A value that determines how soft the
boundaries of shadows appear is specified in argument "shadow
softness". A value of 1.0 gives rise to hard shadow boundaries,
and a larger value such as 4.0 causes soft boundaries with
penumbrae.
“scattering” specifies whether the light will cause scattering
effects when used in conjunction with the “scattering medium”
foreground.
“shadow tolerance” allows you to modify the shadow map
sampling distance, to deal with self shadowing artifacts that can
be apparent with low resolution, high softness shadows.
“lighting components” specify how the contribution of the light
should be modelled during the final gathering process, using
either the Gather Indirect or Use Global options.
“sky type” allows you to set the sky type based on the following
parameters: cloudiness, pressure, alpha, and aod.
302
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Cameras
5.5
The Camera
The camera is the position from which the 3D scene is viewed.
Any 3D camera is described by its position, target, rotation, and
field of view. All these parameters can be modified at any time.
By default, any 3D scene is created with one perspective
camera, but you can produce any number of perspective cameras
that will be identified by a progressive numbering, i.e.
perspective camera #1, perspective camera #2, etc.
The perspective view displays what the active Camera sees.
Creating a new camera is a very easy task, as you will see in the
next paragraph.
solidThinking User Manual
303
Section 5
New Camera
Permits to create and position a new perspective camera in the
3D scene.
How to use
1.
Click the Perspective camera icon or choose the Tools4
Cam/Light4Perspective Camera command from the
menu.
2.
A new Perspective camera is added to the 3D scene.
XYZ coordinates of the new camera, when created, are 0,-1, 0
for position and 0,0,0 for target. You can easily adjust them by
picking and dragging their hotSpots or by typing new
coordinates in the Modeling Tool panel. To select perspective
cameras, you must use the Hierarchy Browser, which lists all
the cameras in the 3D scene.
304
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Cameras
As shown in the previous picture, cameras in the 3D scene, just
as lights, are listed twice: the first time, under World, they are
displayed in order of insertion in the scene; the second time,
under Cameras, they are displayed together so that you can have
a quick feedback as to which cameras are in the scene.
Once you select a perspective camera, it will be displayed in the
views allowing you to interactively adjust both its position and
target.
If you click the view name on the left of the title bar, you will
find any defined perspective camera.
solidThinking User Manual
305
Section 5
The perspective view will display what the Perspective camera
you select sees.
306
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Cameras
Options
Position
To modify XYZ coordinates of the camera position.
Views. Choose the Edit mode. Pick the Position hotSpot and
drag it. Release the mouse button when you have reached the
desired location.
Modeling Tool panel. Type the coordinate values in the XYZ
data fields and confirm them by pressing Enter .
Look at
To modify XYZ coordinates of the camera target.
Views. Choose the Edit mode. Pick the Look at hotSpot and
drag it. Release the mouse button when you have reached the
desired location.
Modeling Tool panel. Type the coordinates values in the XYZ
data fields and confirm them by pressing Enter .
Up
To modify XYZ coordinates of the up vector end point.
Views. Choose the Edit mode. Pick the Up hotSpot and drag it.
Release the mouse button when you have reached the desired
location.
Modeling Tool panel. Type the coordinate values in the XYZ
data fields and confirm them by pressing Enter .
Focal length
To modify the focal length.
Modeling Tool panel. Set the value either by moving the slider
or by typing it in the data field and pressing Enter .
solidThinking User Manual
307
Section 5
308
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Backgrounds and Foregrounds
5.6
Backgrounds
and Foregrounds
Backgrounds and Foreground shaders can be used to perform
simple image-manipulation operations.
In particular, background shaders determine the color of pixels
behind the geometry in the scene, while foreground shaders
determine the relationship between the color of the visible
surface at a pixel and the color that is actually displayed at that
pixel.
When a shaded image is rendered, often not all pixels of the
resulting image are covered in whole or in part by models you
have created. The shading of these pixels is governed by the
current background shader. A background shader calculates its
shade based upon pixel location, and is therefore independent of
the view specification.
Examples of background shaders are plain and graduated colors,
complex patterns, and images generated by previous renderings
or scanned from a photograph. When an image is used as a
background, simple compositing functions may be performed so
that, for example, a rendered image of a building may be
superimposed upon a photograph of the site in order to create a
more representative visualization. Backgrounds provide a means
of improving the visual complexity of an image at a low
computational cost.
solidThinking User Manual
309
Section 5
When the color of the visible surface at a pixel has been
evaluated, the current fore-ground shader may be invoked to
perform image ‘post-processing’ operations to modify the color
in someway before it is output as the pixel value. Examples of
such operations are attenuation to simulate atmospheric
phenomena such as fog, or depth cueing.
Only a single background and a single foreground may be active
at any time, and when a background or foreground is activated,
it becomes the ‘current’ one, replacing any other of that class
that may have been previously active.
Interesting effects can be achieved simply by mixing two other
backgrounds thanks to the "mixed" background shader, to which
two other background shaders are specified, along with a
mixing ratio.
Note: Background and Foreground shaders are not assigned to
objects but to the entire scene. No objects must therefore be
selected when you activate them.
310
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Backgrounds and Foregrounds
Background shaders
Let’s now examine in detail shaders of the Background class.
For each shader we provide synopsis, arguments, related default
values, and description.
You can become more familiar with each shader by modifying
parameters.
solidThinking User Manual
311
Section 5
"clouds"
Class
Background
Synopsis
A cloudy appearance.
Description
A background giving a cloudy appearance.
The color of the clouds and the background (sky) may be
specified in arguments "clouds color" and "background color"
respectively.
The detail or complexity of the texture may be controlled by
means of the "detail" argument. A value of 1 will give a simple
outline of the clouds, while a larger value such as 5 or 6 will
give fine detail on the cloud outlines.
An overall scaling factor is provided in argument "scale";
increasing this value will make the clouds appear larger.
312
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Backgrounds and Foregrounds
"environment"
Class
Background
Synopsis
Applies the environment
background pixels.
map
to
the
Description
If you do not use the global environment, you
can select an environment from the environment “sub” shader.
Options include auto, angular map, cube map, fixed cross map,
infinite cross map, latitude longitude map, and sphere map.
“intensity” allows the “brilliance” of the background to be
altered.
“angle” specifies the angle over which the environment map is
sampled for each pixel of background. This allows the
environment map to be “blurred” slightly.
“use global environment” specifies whether to use the global
environment
rather
than
a
specific
one.
solidThinking User Manual
313
Section 5
"graduated"
Class
Background
Synopsis
A graduation between two colors from top to
bottom of the image.
Description
A background providing a graduation from the
top of the image to the bottom of the two colors specified as
arguments "top color" and "bottom color" respectively.
314
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Backgrounds and Foregrounds
"graduated three color"
Class
Background
Synopsis
A graduation between three colors from the
top to bottom of the image.
Description
A background providing a graduation from the
top and middle of the image to the bottom of the three colors
specified as arguments "top color", “middle color” and
"bottom color" respectively.
solidThinking User Manual
315
Section 5
"horizon"
Class
Background
Synopsis
A background shader which provides a simple
horizon and graduated sky and ground colors.
Description
The background color above the horizon is a
graduated color from “sky color” just outside the viewport, to
“horizon sky color” at the horizon.
The background below the horizon is a graduated color from
“ground color” just outside the viewport to “horizon ground
color” at the horizon.
“horizon blend” defines a region around the horizon which
blends the “horizon sky color” and “horizon ground color”. It
is given as a percentage of the screen size.
“horizon up” defines the imaginary ground plane.
316
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Backgrounds and Foregrounds
"image"
Class
Background
Synopsis
A background of an image read from a file.
Description
A background shader that maps an image.
The name of the file containing the image data is provided as a
string to parameter "file name", which can be in any format for
which the appropriate image driver is installed.
If the supplied image is larger than the image that is rendered,
then its top left corner will appear as the background. If the
supplied image is smaller than the rendered image, then it will
repeat itself both horizontally and vertically to fill the image.
solidThinking User Manual
317
Section 5
"mixed"
Class
Background
Synopsis
Allows the effect of two other background
shaders to be mixed.
Description
A background shader that mixes the results of
two other background shaders ("base shader" and "mixed
shader") according to the ratio given as parameter "mixing
ratio".
Either of the two input shaders may themselves be mixed
shaders, giving the possibility of infinitely complicated mixtures
of shaders.
Note: At least one of the specified shaders must have a non-zero
contribution, or black will result.
318
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Backgrounds and Foregrounds
"plain"
Class
Background
Synopsis
A plain colored, uniform background.
Description
A plain background with a single, uniform
color. The color is supplied in argument "color".
solidThinking User Manual
319
Section 5
"ray cube"
Class
Background
Synopsis
Background shader which produces correct
results with reflections and refractions.
Description
A problem with ordinary background shaders
is that they do not handle reflections or refractions. This is
because all pixels at which the background is deemed to be
visible are shaded the same way, using a background that is
located only in image space, rather than in real 3D space. Thus,
for example, a mirror, which should reflect the background
behind the viewer, in fact shows the background exactly as it
would be if the mirror were not there (i.e. all the mirrors
become transparent). This would even be the case if the mirror
had geometry behind it, so the effect becomes one of a hole in
the geometry. This shader allows two other background shaders
to be used, one for the areas of background directly visible to
the viewer, and another for reflections.
Thus the "primary shader" is used for primary rays that do not
intersect any geometry, while the "secondary shader" for
reflection rays which do not intersect any further geometry (i.e.,
reach the background).
If the “reflected shader” is set, it overrides the “secondary
shader” for reflected rays only.
If the “refracted shader” is set, it overrides the “secondary
shader” for refracted rays only.
If neither of the shaders is defined, then black is used as the
default background color.
320
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Backgrounds and Foregrounds
This shader is very useful for rendering images where the
directly visible background is supposed to be replaced in postproduction. The environment background would be used for
reflections, and the plain background for the directly visible
background, which can then be replaced by an image. This may
be useful when producing animations.
Note: solidThinking does not distinguish between those
secondary rays that are caused by reflection and those caused
by refraction. Thus refracted rays that do not intersect geometry
will be rendered according to the "secondary shader"
background shader, which may produce odd results in some
cases.
solidThinking User Manual
321
Section 5
"scaled image"
Class
Background
Synopsis
A background of an image read from a file,
and scaled to fit into the viewport. The image
may also be rotated.
Description
The name of the file containing the image data
is provided as a string to parameter "file name", and it can be in
any format for which the appropriate image driver is installed.
“border color” is the color of the border.
Select one of the options for "aspect mode" if the image does
not properly fit the display. Stretch the image to fit the display,
preserve the image aspect ratio by cropping part of the image,
use black borders (letterbox), or lock the background image to
the center of the view.
“x offset” and “y offset” offset the image in the horizontal and
vertical direction, respectively.
“image brightness” controls the brightness of the image.
The image may also be rotated through either +/-90, +/-180, or
+/-270 degrees via the parameter "rotation". Positive numbers
indicate a clockwise rotation, negative an anti-clockwise.
“softness” controls the degree of blurring on the image texture.
322
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Backgrounds and Foregrounds
“two planes”
Class
Background
Synopsis
Background shader that produces correct
results with reflections and refractions.
Description
A problem with ordinary background shaders
is that they don’t handle reflections or refractions. This is
because all pixels at which the background is deemed to be
visible are shaded in the same way, using a background which is
located only in image space, rather than in real 3D space. Thus,
for example, a mirror, which should reflect the background
behind the viewer, in fact shows the background exactly as it
would be if the mirror were not there (i.e. all the mirrors
become transparent). This would even be the case if the mirror
had geometry behind it, so the effect becomes one of a hole in
the geometry.
This shader allows two background images to be located in
world space (one in front of the observer and one behind).
These images can then be ‘reflected’ in any mirrors, thus
producing the correct effect (refraction is also correctly
handled). This is done using ray tracing.
The two background images are generated from two ordinary
background shaders, which may or may not be the same. The
two background images are located on infinite planes positioned
at "distance" front and back of the eye point. If the distance
specified is nearer than the far clipping plane, then the distance
to the far clipping plane is used (hence the default value of 0:0).
solidThinking User Manual
323
Section 5
The images are parallel projected onto these planes. In the case
of procedural shaders such as "clouds", any point on the infinite
plane should give rise to a sensible value, but in the case of
images (or the "graduated" procedural shader), a method is
needed to decide which are the color areas on the plane that lie
outside the background normal area.
According to the style of shader, this could be done by ‘tiling’
the image repeatedly, or by ‘smearing’ it, which simply means
that the color outside the scope of the original background
image is the same as the point on the edge of the image. The
extrapolation method may be set differently for each of the two
shaders using the parameters "front extrapolation” and "back
extrapolation". These should take one of the following values:
"none", "smear" or "tile". For example, for "clouds" the correct
extrapolation method would be "none". For "graduated" it
would be "smear", and for an image background it would be
"tile". Obviously using an image file which is tile-able will give
the best results.
324
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Backgrounds and Foregrounds
Foreground shaders
Let’s now look at detail shaders of the Foreground class.
For each shader, we provide synopsis, arguments, related default
values, and description.
You can familiarize with each shader by modifying its parameters.
solidThinking User Manual
325
Section 5
"depth cue"
Class
Foreground
Synopsis
A linear attenuation within a specified depth
range.
Description
A foreground shader that adds a background
color specified by parameter "background color" according to
the distance of the surface from the viewer.
At distances less than that given as "near", no background color
is added. At distances greater than "far", the full background
color is returned. Between the two distances, the output is
linearly interpolated between the surface and background
colors.
The effect is that depth information in the geometry is enhanced
in the final image.
Shaders
326
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Backgrounds and Foregrounds
"fog"
Class
Foreground
Synopsis
An exponential attenuation for atmospheric
simulation.
Description
A foreground shader that
atmospheric absorption to create a 'fog' effect.
implements
The fog color is given by "fog color" argument.
Increasing “distance” value moves the fog farther away from
the viewer.
“maximum density” controls the density of the fog.
If “ignore background” is on, the background is ignored.
solidThinking User Manual
327
Section 5
"foglight"
Class
Foreground
Synopsis
Volumetric lighting with point or spot light
sources.
Description
light sources.
Atmospheric scattering from point and spot
A constant distribution of particles in the atmosphere is
assumed.
Volumetric shadows are not implemented by this shader.
“fog density” controls the overall particle density of the fog.
328
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Backgrounds and Foregrounds
"ground fog"
Class
Foreground
Synopsis
Simulates a layer of fog whose density
decreases with altitude.
Description
This shader is used to create more subtle foglike effects than the standard "fog" shader. With this shader the
fog density decreases exponentially along a user specified axis.
The parameter "fog height" sets the decreasing rate (if this is set
to zero or a negative value, the effect is the same as with the
standard "fog" shader).
The parameters "ground point" and "ground normal" define
the place where the fog lies. It is assumed to be the plane z=0 by
default. Note that fog does not exist at all below the ground
plane, so in the default case there is only fog in the z>0 half
space.
The fog color is given by "fog color" argument.
Increasing “fog distance” value moves the fog farther away
from the viewer.
“maximum density” controls the density of the fog.
If “ignore background” is on, the background is ignored.
solidThinking User Manual
329
Section 5
"light scattering"
Class
Foreground
Synopsis
Atmospheric scattering of light, with
attenuation. A more general version of the
simpler "fog light" shader.
Description
This
foreground
shader
implements
atmospheric scattering and attenuation. It uses true volume
sampling in order to generate accurate and consistent results,
including volumetric shadows.
The camera and the geometry can move freely without
restrictions through the atmosphere.
Note that the shader works with point, projector and spot lights,
and you must enable their scattering option in order to obtain
results.
The shader produces volumetric shadows (both soft and ray
traced), has 5 anisotropic scattering models, allows the fractal
noise used to be altered, and has a straightforward speed versus
quality control (the sampling rate).
There are quite a few control parameters in order to provide a
high degree of flexibility, and these are listed below:
"fog density" Overall particle density of the fog. Increasing
this value makes the atmosphere more visible because a dense
medium scatters more light than a clear one. If no attenuation is
used, it has the same effect as scaling up the light source
intensity. Default value is 1.0. The fog density needed in a
specific scene will depend on the scene size and intensity of the
light sources.
330
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Backgrounds and Foregrounds
A scene with objects thousands of units big illuminated with
powerful spotlights and having an ISL fall-off will need a pretty
high-density setting such as 10000. A scene with object sizes
near a unit and light sources with a unit intensity will do ok with
a density near 1.0. If everything looks too saturated because of
the high density, some attenuation could possibly help.
"samples" Number of samples per ray. A higher number of
samples gives more accurate results and it is the safest way to
alleviate volume aliasing artifacts, which are especially
annoying in the shadows cast by objects in the atmosphere.
Unfortunately, high sampling rates are computationally
expensive. If there is not a lot of shadow complexity in the
scene, a low number of samples such as 5 is enough as a fast
preview, and some high contrast projector lights might need as
many as 50 samples. Default value is 20. Note that this is the
initial sampling rate. Due to adaptive antialiasing (if " AA level"
is greater than zero), we could probably end up taking lots more
samples.
"max depth" Maximum distance along the ray. The ray is
clipped with a sphere centered at the ray origin and a radius
equal to max depth, so any part of the ray at a further distance is
ignored in the computations.
This control is provided to the user to help in the speed/aliasing
problem. The higher the value, the more likely it is that we get
aliasing problems with rays getting lost in the sky, because the
limited number of samples used has to cover a very long
distance and a lot of detail could be missed between samples. A
very low value near 0.0 would result in an image lacking any
volumetric effects. Default value is 1000. This parameter
strongly depends on scene size.
solidThinking User Manual
331
Section 5
"falloff threshold" The shader will clip the area of influence
of the light sources with a sphere centered in the light source
location whose radius depends on this parameter, so no
volumetric rendering will be performed outside the sphere of
influence. The idea is that, due to inverse-square fall-off, the
intensity of light coming from a given light source will be very
small beyond some distance, and it would be unnecessary to
take a lot of samples in that low contribution area. Default value
is 0.001.
This value is strongly dependent on scene size and light source
intensity. If the threshold is too high, the spotlight will appear
clipped and a sharp discontinuity in the beam will be visible.
You should use the biggest threshold you can go along with
(i.e., the discontinuity should not be too noticeable), so the
sphere of influence will be the smallest possible.
"AA level" Depth of recursion of the volumetric adaptive
antialiasing algorithm. If two volume samples differ in their
shadow information (shadowed/not shadowed) or the scattered
light at the two sample points differs in more than some specific
amount ( "AA threshold"), the shader will perform binary
recursive adaptive super sampling, placing more samples in
segments of the ray where interesting things are happening; this
requires a much smaller number of samples to eliminate aliasing
than the brute force approach of a huge initial sampling rate.
With a recursion level of 0 no super sampling will occur, and
we can be sure that no more than the specified number of
samples will be taken. With a recursion level of 1, the shader
will use 2× samples as an absolute maximum, and so on. You
will rarely need a recursion level greater than 3 or 4. Default
value is 2.
332
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Backgrounds and Foregrounds
"source attenuation" This parameter affects the incoming
light from the light sources (typically a spotlight) at a volume
sampling point. It makes the light fall-off much smoother. This
has a subtle effect in the spotlight's beam, helping the beam die
much more quickly, and making the clipping introduced by the
"fall-off threshold" parameter much less noticeable.
The exact amount of attenuation to use in different scenes
depends mainly on scene size. Users will have to experiment
with the settings until the desired effect is achieved. Use these
three new attenuation controls subtly, starting with low values
such as 0.01 and slowly turning them up until typically 0.1 or
0.5. If you use a very high source attenuation value, it's possible
that you won't get any scattered light at all; the spotlight beam
will be very dim. Default value is 0.0 (no attenuation).
"surface attenuation" This parameter affects the underlying
surface color under the pixel. The light coming from a solid
object visible in the pixel is attenuated by the fog between the
intersection point and the eye. Objects farther away from the
eye will appear darker. This computation is performed once per
pixel, outside of the volume sampling loop.
Use these three new attenuation controls subtly, starting with
low values such as 0.01 and slowly turning them up until
typically 0.1 or 0.5.
If you use a very high surface attenuation value, all the
geometry under the pixel will be black, since the fog will
strongly absorb almost all the light reaching the eye from the
object surfaces. Default value is 0.0 (no attenuation).
"volume attenuation" Scattered light coming from each
volume sample along the viewing ray is also affected by
absorption since it has to travel through the atmosphere before
reaching the eye. This has the effect of making the beams of
light darker the farther away they are from the eye, being the
volumetric counterpart of the previous parameter, "surface
attenuation".
solidThinking User Manual
333
Section 5
Use these three new attenuation controls subtly, starting with
low values such as 0.01 and slowly turning them up until
typically 0.1 or 0.5. If you use a very high volume attenuation
value, your beams of light will only be visible when located
very close to the camera, and they will get progressively
dimmer and dimmer the farther away from the camera. Default
value is 0.0 (no attenuation).
"scattering model" Selects a scattering model out of five
possible ones: "isotropic", "Rayleigh", "hazy Mie", "murky
Mie" and "Henyey-Greenstein" scattering.
Strong anisotropic forward scattering such as the murky Mie
model manifests itself when looking directly at the light
sources. A very small amount of light is scattered in directions
perpendicular to or backfacing the incoming light vector. All
models are normalized to lie inside the unit sphere when
represented in polar coordinates. Default model is isotropic
(view-independent scattering). Note that the default is used if an
unrecognized string is given.
"eccentricity" This is the eccentricity parameter of the ellipse
used in the Henyey-Greenstein model. It has no use at all with
the other scattering models. The parameter has to be in the [-1,
1] range. A value of 0 produces isotropic scattering, while a
high positive value produces strong forward scattering, and a
high negative value produces strong backward scattering.
Default value is 0.0.
Note that values very close to +/-1 will give very narrow
anisotropic distributions in the forward/backward direction, so
you will have almost no scattered light at all. Sensible values lie
around 0.5 for anisotropic forward scattering (negative values
give backward scattering).
"noise amplitude" Fractal noise perturbation amplitude. The
fog density is modulated with this fractal noise signal. When it
is set to zero, no fractal noise computations are performed at all
(faster). Default value is 0.0.
334
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Backgrounds and Foregrounds
"noise scale" Relative size or scale of the noise. Depends on
scene size. Default value is 1.0.
"noise octaves"
Number of octaves (also known as
frequencies, scales) in the fractal noise signal. The more octaves
you have, the higher the detail in the noise, and the longer it will
take to render.
Remember that the computation time is linear in the number of
octaves. Default value is 2. You will rarely need more than 4
octaves.
"noise gain" Noise contrast control, in the range [0, 1]. High
values result in sharp and fast transitions, while low values
smooth out the noise signal. A value of 0.0 turns the noise
perturbation off. Default value is 0.5 (the gain filter is bypassed).
Most of the times you will not need to touch this control and the
default value should always look fine. It can make the
turbulence in the fog much more subtle or stronger. A value of
1.0 would provide a very high contrast noise signal, almost a
binary step function switching from 0.0 to 1.0. Sensible values
lie in the range [0.2, 0.8].
solidThinking User Manual
335
Section 5
"scaled image"
Class
Foreground
Synopsis
Blends an image using a mask.
Description
The name of the file containing the image data
is provided as a string to parameter "file name", and it can be in
any format for which the appropriate image driver is installed.
Select one of the options for "aspect mode" if the image does
not properly fit the display. Stretch the image to fit the display,
preserve the image aspect ratio by cropping part of the image,
use black borders (letterbox), or lock the background image to
the center of the view.
“x offset” and “y offset” offset the image in the horizontal and
vertical direction, respectively.
“image brightness” controls the brightness of the image.
“mask file name” is the filename of the image to be used as a
mask.
“coverage” is the scaling factor for alpha values. Values less
than 1 make the image more transparent and greater than 1
make the image more opaque. The mask image can be any
image with 1 or 3 channels. In the case of images with 3
channels, only the first (red) is used.
Turn “invert mask” on to invert the masking behavior.
The image may also be rotated through either +/-90, +/-180, or
+/-270 degrees via the parameter "rotation". Positive numbers
indicate a clockwise rotation, negative an anti-clockwise.
“softness” controls the degree of blurring on the image texture.
336
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Backgrounds and Foregrounds
Turn “use alpha channel” on to use the alpha channel.
solidThinking User Manual
337
Section 5
"scattering medium"
Class
Foreground
Synopsis
Simulation of dense participating medium
which causes light scattering (for example, for
or smoke).
Description
Optionally, a density shader may be set to
create the effect of a non-uniform (non-homogeneous) medium.
“medium density” describes the density of the medium for the
purpose of light scattering modeling. Increasing this values
causes a more intensified effect of scattering, decreasing causes
the visible “beams” or “clouds” of intensity to become dimmer.
“medium color” is the color of the scattering medium (fog,
smoke for example).
“medium attenuation” affects the underlying surface color
under the pixel. The light coming from a solid object visible in
the pixel is attenuated by the fog between the point being
rendered and the camera. Objects farther away from the eye
appear closer to the color specified as “medium color”.
“medium ambient” allows you to specify an amount of
ambient light, scattered by the scattering medium, which gives
an overall veiling effect.
“medium shadows” specifies whether the shadows are visible
in the scattering medium (fog). Calculation of such volumetric
shadows is quite costly, so it may be convenient to switch this
off for preview renders.
“min lod” and “max lod” are the minimum (initial) and
maximum level of sampling detail.
338
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Backgrounds and Foregrounds
“error bound” is the degree of sampling error above which the
sampling rate will be gradually increased toward the maximum.
Smaller values results in more detailed sampling at the cost of
extra processing. Decrease this if the image appears spotty
outside the shadow areas.
“scattering model” allows you to select a scattering model.
Strong anisotropic forward scattering, such as the Murky Mile
model, manifests itself when looking directly at the light
sources.
“eccentricity” is the eccentricity parameter of the ellipse used
in the Henyey-Greenstein model. It has no use at all with the
other scattering models. The parameter has to be in the [-1, 1]
range. A value of 0 produces isotropic scattering, while a high,
positive value produces strong forward scattering, and a high
negative value produces strong backward scattering.
“max depth” is the maximum distance along the ray. The ray is
clipped with a sphere centered at the ray origin and a radius
equal to max depth, so any part of the ray at a further distance is
ignored in the computations.
solidThinking User Manual
339
Section 5
"snow"
Class
Foreground
Synopsis
Gives the effect of snow flakes falling in
front of camera.
Description
A foreground shader that gives the effect of
snow flakes falling in front of the camera.
The effect is produced by two overlaid planes of randomly
dispersed 'snowflakes'. The scale of each of the two planes is
specified by the parameters "near scale" and "far scale".
The size and density of the flakes is given by the parameters
"flake size" and "flake density", and the irregular appearance of
the edges of the flakes is controlled by the "noise amplitude"
and "noise scale" parameters (these last two values should lie in
the range 0.0 to 1.0).
Finally, the color of snowflakes is specified by the parameter
"flake color".
“random seed” provides an initial seed value for the pseudorandom distribution, making it possible to change the
distribution of the snow flakes (or to ensure that they are the
same) between images.
340
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Sketch Styles
5.7
Sketch Styles
Sketch rendering is used to create stylized presentations. Styles
available include cartoon, pencil, ink and various paint effects.
In contrast to photorealistic rendering, the aim of Sketch
rendering is not to use the computer to produce an image which
looks as close as possible to a photograph, but, instead, to use
the computer to produce an image which is more like a pencil
sketch, ink drawing, or painting.
Sketch rendering allows you to communicate different aspects
of your designs, to different people, at different stages of the
design process.
For example:
• at very early stages of the design process, photoreal images are
often unlikely to look convincing—however images produced
using Sketch Rendering can be compelling;
• the shape of a design can be effectively communicated without
the viewer’s eye being drawn to issues such as the materials
used;
• designs may be presented in a way which does not give the
impression of finality which photorealism sometimes gives;
• interesting marketing imagery can be produced. Sometimes
they can be more eye catching than the photoreal images.
To use Sketch Styles you must first choose Render4 Options
and select Sketch rendering as the Rendering Method.
Then, open the Shading panel (Managers4Shading) and
select the Image tab. Right click Sketch Style to choose the
effect to apply.
The following pages outline each sketch style available.
solidThinking User Manual
341
Section 5
"cartoon"
A classic cartoon style effect, where silhouette and boundary
edges are picked out with bold lines, and colors are somewhat
simplified and stylised.
It is possible to control the color and width of the lines via
shader parameters, “line color” and “line width”. The colors
which are painted between the lines will depend on the
materials, but are quite flat (i.e., very little tonal change as you
look across a surface) to reflect the simplified palette employed
by cartoon artists.
You can activate the “anti-aliasing” option if necessary.
This style uses hidden-line.
342
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Sketch Styles
"color wash"
As in the "cartoon" style, edges are picked out with lines, and
the spaces in between are filled with simplified color. In the case
of "color wash", however, the colors are less cartoon-like, and
can be washed-out to look much more pastel and less intense.
The width and color of the lines is still specified via shader
arguments, “line color” and “line width”, but it is also possible
to control the degree of color variation across objects, and the
degree to which the colors are washed, using the “mottling” and
“wash” parameters.
You can activate the “anti-aliasing” option if necessary.
This style uses hidden-line.
solidThinking User Manual
343
Section 5
"contour"
Creates a very ‘painterly’ effect, with strokes and swirls of color
which reflect and represent the orientation of the underlying
geometry. The effect may also be interpreted as being akin to
using color pencils to shade the image (with the direction of the
pencil strokes matching the underlying geometry at all times).
Normally the colors of the strokes would be taken from the color
of the objects being represented—however this can be overridden so that a particular “line color” is used.
In this case the effect will be similar to a pencil drawing done
using a single color of pencil.
It is also possible to alter the length of each of the strokes, and
density, or weight, of each stroke using “line length” and “line
density”, respectively. A low value for the line or stroke length
will lend a finer, more detailed appearance to the final image; a
low value for the density of the strokes or lines will result in
more of the background, or paper, color showing through.
The ‘paper’ or ‘canvas’ onto which the lines are drawn can be
defined via a background shader. Therefore it is important to
choose a color for the lines which will show up against your
background!
You can activate the “anti-aliasing” option if necessary.
This style does not use hidden-line.
344
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Sketch Styles
"hand drawn"
A style in which objects are rendered using lines, but where the
lines appear to be made up individual strokes.
The color and width of the lines can be controlled by the user,
using the “line color” and “line width” parameters. You can
also control the degree from which each stroke varies from true,
the smoothness of the strokes, and also the degree of taper from
the start to the end of the stroke. All of these factors can be
controlled via the shader arguments “wobbliness”, “curliness”,
and “tapering”, allowing the effect to be suited to different
models at different resolutions, with different drawing styles or
pencils or pens.
The ‘paper’ or ‘canvas’ onto which the lines are drawn can be
defined via a background shader. Therefore it is important to
choose a color for the lines which will show up against your
background!
You can activate the “anti-aliasing” option if necessary.
This style uses hidden-line.
solidThinking User Manual
345
Section 5
"hatch"
This style produces an effect similar to a shaded pencil drawing,
in either monochrome or color. The image is made up of a series
of pencil ‘strokes’ all in a similar orientation (short strokes, from
bottom left to top right in direction, as though a right handed
artist were shading roughly with a pencil).
All of the strokes are to provide shading—no ‘lines’ are drawn.
The user can control the color (“line color”), width (“line
width”), and length (“line length”)of the pencil strokes, as well
as how straight or curved the strokes are (“line wobbliness”),
and their density (“line density”). A low value for the density of
strokes will result in a very sparse looking image, with plenty of
‘paper’ showing through, whilst a higher density will result in
dark regions being almost completely shaded (note however that
lighter regions will still show up as the ‘paper color’, or
background).
“object colors” makes it possible to specify that the color of the
underlying geometry (derived from material information) be
used for the color of each stroke, creating a ‘color pencil’ or
perhaps ‘pastel’ drawing effect.
Note that as the current background shader will show through
where there are gaps between each of the shading strokes, so if
the density of strokes is not high it will be important to choose a
sensible background color or image for your ‘paper’.
You can activate the “anti-aliasing” option if necessary.
This style does not use hidden-line.
346
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Sketch Styles
"ink print"
This style can be thought of as almost a photographic negative
of other line-based styles.
The entire image is rendered in a given ‘ink color’, save for the
lines, which are simply left as ‘gaps’ in the ink color.
The ‘paper’ or ‘canvas’ onto which the ink print is placed can be
defined via a background shader. Therefore it is important to
choose a color for the ink which will show up against your
background!
This style allows the user to specify the ink color and the size of
the gaps, as always via shader arguments “ink color” and “gap
width”, respectively.
You can activate the “anti-aliasing” option if necessary.
Note that this style uses hidden-line.
solidThinking User Manual
347
Section 5
"lines and color fill"
This style combines outlines with shading strokes, allowing
control over the full range of effects which sketch rendering is
capable of.
We recommend that this style is used by expert users only,
perhaps to create instances of styles which would otherwise be
difficult or impossible to achieve.
348
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Sketch Styles
"lines and shadow"
This style combines a simple line representation of geometric
objects with a (monochrome) shaded effect for areas in
shadow. The result is very much like a pencil drawing where
edges and shape are captured first using lines and then some
shading work is done with the edge of the pencil.
The user can control the color and width of the lines, as well as
the color used for shading in the shadow regions via the shader
arguments “line color”, “line width”, and “shadow color”,
respectively.
The ‘paper’ or ‘canvas’ onto which lines and shadows are
drawn can be defined via a background shader (“use
background”).
You can activate the “anti-aliasing” option if necessary.
This style uses hidden-line.
solidThinking User Manual
349
Section 5
“mosaic”
This has the effect of rendering the image as though it were
constructed as a mosaic of small colored tiles. The size and
shape of the tiles can be controlled via shader parameters (“tile
size” and “tile shape”), as can the size and color of the gaps
between the tiles (“gap width” and “gap color”). It is also
possible to use the background color as the color for the gaps
between the tiles, or to blend a background and a given gap
color.
If desired, it is possible to leave areas of exposed background
in the scene untiled (“tile background”); in other words only
to produce a mosaic pattern for the geometry, and apply some
other pattern or image entirely for the background.
You can activate the “anti-aliasing” option if necessary.
This style does not use hidden-line.
350
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Sketch Styles
"oil painting"
Creates an effect reminiscent of some impressionist painters,
with individual blobs of paint (which could be brush or paletteknife strokes) of a single color being applied across the canvas,
so that the overall image only resolves itself if you view from
far enough away.
The brush strokes are always slightly circular, roughly ”C”
shaped marks. The shape of the strokes is not affected by the
orientation, proximity, or color of the underlying geometry
which the stroke is representing.
The effect looks quite good with image scenes that have a strong
shape and, do not rely too much on detail to convey their
meaning. Scale, and how the detail relates to scale, is clearly
quite important, as if the size of the brush strokes means that
important detail is lost then the results may be unimpressive.
It is possible to alter the size of the individual marks, and the
number of them in the whole image (“mark size” and “mark
count”). It is important to choose values for these parameters
such that any detail required in the final image will be resolved,
without losing the ‘painterly’ effect.
It is also possible to control the degree to which the marks
obscure the background color: it is possible to fill the canvas
entirely, with marks which overlap each other, or to leave gaps
between the marks, creating a ‘lighter’, less over-done feel
(“mark blend”).
You can activate the “anti-aliasing” option if necessary.
This style does not use hidden-line.
solidThinking User Manual
351
Section 5
"rough pencil"
Produces an effect which as though an artist had gone over each
line several times, each with a small margin of error. The style is
well suited to situations where a design is still quite tentative, as
the effect is of a very rough, quick, pencil sketch.
The color, width, and number of lines can be controlled via
shader parameters (“line color”, “line width”, and “line count”)
as can the ‘wobbliness’ of lines (how far each line can deviate
from true) and the ‘curliness’ of lines (how far from straight or
jagged each line is), using the “wobbliness” and “curliness”
parameters, respectively.
The ‘paper’ or ‘canvas’ onto which the lines are drawn can be
defined via a background shader. Therefore it is important to
choose a color for the lines which will show up against your
background!
Note that the current background shader is interpreted as being
the ‘paper’ or ‘canvas’ onto which the lines are drawn.
You can activate the “anti-aliasing” option if necessary.
This style uses hidden-line.
352
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Sketch Styles
"soft pencil"
"soft pencil" mimics the effect of a pencil drawing done quite
softly, with quite a soft pencil, so that in places the pencil leaves
hardly any mark.
The color and width of the pencil line can be controlled (“line
color” and “line width”), as can the sharpness of the lines
(“blurriness”). It is also possible to control the extent to which
the pencil line appears to fade in and out as the pencil travelled
over the paper (“coverage” and “scale”).
Note that the current background shader is interpreted as being
the ‘paper’ or ‘canvas’ onto which the lines are drawn.
You can activate the “anti-aliasing” option if necessary.
This style uses hidden-line.
solidThinking User Manual
353
Section 5
"stipple"
This effect causes the image to be rendered as a series of
irregular dots, or stipples.
The effect is similar to how photographs are reproduced in
newsprint, only more pronounced.
By default the stipples are all rendered in one color (black by
default, but the ‘ink’ color can be altered using “dot color”). It
is also possible to use the color of the underlying geometry for
each stipple (“object colors”) - if this option is chosen, the
effect becomes reminiscent of the ‘pointillism’ school of
impressionistic painting, where scenes were rendered by points
of color or light.
You can activate the “anti-aliasing” option if necessary.
This style does not use hidden-line.
354
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Radiosity / Final Gather
5.8
Radiosity
The Radiosity technique involves simulating the lighting
distribution throughout an environment, using a physically
accurate lighting model.
Radiosity is in no way responsible for the production or
rendering of an image. It takes geometry as its input, and
generates geometry as its output - the output geometry is an
alternative representation of that supplied as input, but
subdivided into small ‘elements’, and with radiosity values
attached to each vertex. This geometry can be used for
rendering employing any of the standard rendering methods
available in solidThinking.
Introduction
The idea underlying the radiosity technique is to model the
distribution of all the light energy in an environment, by
applying the conservation of energy at every surface. It should
be understood that the radiosity algorithm solves the lighting
problem, but not the visibility problem. Once the light
distribution has been generated, images can be rendered using
standard visibility and shading algorithms.
The advantage of radiosity as a technique is that it accurately
models the type of environments where there are matte surfaces
which diffusely reflect light in all directions, and onto other
matte surfaces; the inside of a building is a very common
example of such an environment. It should be noted that many
surfaces in an interior environment are lit by no direct
illumination at all, and are visible only by light reflected
diffusely from other surfaces.
solidThinking User Manual
355
Section 5
Also, a surface illuminated indirectly may appear to be of a
different color than it would appear if lit directly, since color
from one surface can “spill” or “bleed” onto another,
particularly if bright colors are placed next to more subdued
hues.
A number of important effects are simulated by radiosity
techniques. Radiosity is able to account for the area of light
sources, resulting in accurate soft shadowing. Also, by
accounting for secondary illumination, radiosity correctly
computes “color bleeding” effects and the indirect illumination
of parts of an environment that are not directly lit by a primary
light source.
About Radiosity
Radiosity is therefore an important technique for architects,
builders and lighting engineers, as well as general computer
graphics users, and anyone who is interested in creating realistic
images.
The disadvantage of the technique is that it is costly in terms of
computer time and memory. It is however the only technique
that can reproduce physically accurate lighting conditions in a
large class of common scenes.
356
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Radiosity / Final Gather
How the Radiosity
Technique Works
In the past, other techniques have sought to approximate the
effect of diffusely reflected light in a scene by applying a
constant ‘ambient’ value of illumination indiscriminately
through the entire scene. Radiosity is essentially a technique
which correctly computes the distribution of this ‘ambient’
light, accounting for light reaching a surface after being
reflected from one or more diffuse surfaces.
Radiosity techniques originated in thermal engineering, where
they were used to simulate radiative heat transfer between
surface elements. In recent years, computer graphics researchers
have shown how radiosity can be used to simulate the transport
of visible radiation in an environment. The physical accuracy of
radiosity solutions results in images with a stunning level of
realism. If physically correct input data is provided, then the
results are faithful representations of the real world. This allows
aesthetic judgments to be made from radiosity images, and also
allows quantitative measurements of illumination levels to be
obtained from the simulation results.
The technical definition of the term ‘radiosity’ is that it is a
measure of radiant energy, in fact “the amount of energy leaving
a surface, per unit area, per unit time”. The principle underlying
the technique is to divide all the surfaces in the model into small
areas (called ‘patches’), and to calculate this ‘radiosity value’
for each. This gives a value for the ‘brightness’ of each patch,
which can then be used to produce an image made up of all the
patches visible from the viewpoint, each rendered lighter if they
are ‘bright’ or darker if they are ‘dim’.
solidThinking User Manual
357
Section 5
Computing
Radiosity Values
To enable radiosity computation, you must first open the
Shading panel by using either the Managers4Shading
command.
Once opened, the Shading panel displays six tabs (Surface,
Light, Image, Rendering, Output and Globals) on the upper left
corner. Select the Rendering tab: the first column on the left
displays the Rendering chain, which lists, among others, the
Radiosity option and gives you access to the controls that are
displayed in the column beside.
Performance is optimized wherever possible, in accordance with
the settings specified by the user, so that the required results are
achieved as quickly as possible. It is only when very high
quality results are required that a great deal of time will be
taken.
About Radiosity
Units of Length
One important point to note about the radiosity processor is that
by default all dimensions are assumed to be presented in meters.
The radiosity processor needs to be told explicitly what units
should be used.
358
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Radiosity / Final Gather
Defining Lights
for Radiosity
Light sources are specified in solidThinking by the use of light
source shaders. Radiosity divides the light sources in an
environment into two groups:
• primary sources (defined by light source shaders);
• secondary sources (defined by materials).
Initially, only the light sources have positive power; all other
surfaces have zero radiosity. The light sources provide the
initial energy input for the environment and are known as the
primary sources.
Secondary sources are surfaces that have been illuminated by
primary sources and/or by other surfaces. These, due to their
unshot radiosity, can now act as additional sources in the
environment; thus they ‘reflect’ light, by re-radiating a portion
of the energy incident on them. The behavior of secondary
sources depends on the material they are associated with.
Once the energy from the primary sources has been shot, all
surfaces are treated as both emitters and receivers/reflectors of
light energy.
In solidThinking primary light sources (i.e., light shader types)
supporting radiosity are:
"area"
solidThinking User Manual
Can be used to represent many different
light sources in a model; examples include
strip lights, neon signs, shaded lamps, or
windows with blinds drawn. Groups of area
light sources can be used to create a
complex single source.
359
Section 5
"point"
Used to represent sources that radiate light
equally in all directions, such as a simple
light bulb.
"spot"
Used to represent sources that radiate light
in a circular cone, directed along a
particular direction, usually with light
intensity falling off as we move away from
the cone’s axis of symmetry.
"goniometric"
Used to represent sources whose intensity
distribution (i.e., how much light is emitted
in any one direction) cannot be easily
defined via some formula, as is the case
with spot and point lights. Goniometric
lights rely on being handed a file, which
details how much and in which directions
light is emitted. The lighting industry
produces exactly this sort of data for the
luminaires that they manufacture.
"sky"
Used to represent the contribution of
indirect sunlight, i.e., light from the sky
itself. Essential for daylight simulation.
"distant"
A distant light can be used to represent a
light that is located far away, such as the
sun (all rays of light from such a source
will be parallel).
The Radiosity module does not support ambient light source,
which is therefore ignored during the radiosity simulation.
Rather than using the standard "ambient" light source shader,
ambient lighting inside the Radiosity module should be
controlled by enabling the Ambient option, which evenly
distributes all the not-yet-accounted-for energy in the scene over
all surfaces.
360
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Radiosity / Final Gather
This provides a much better approximation of ambient lighting
conditions after only a few iterations of the radiosity solution.
Of course, all ‘ambient’ lighting effects are only approximations
to fully realistic indirect lighting. This can be modeled more
accurately by running the radiosity simulation over a large
number of iterations, so that all the important secondary sources
are accounted for.
"area light"
An area light source emits light in a hemisphere of directions.
The radiance leaving any point of the source, in any direction
within the hemisphere, is constant. Area light sources work only
when Radiosity computation is enabled.
Name
"area"
Class
Light Source
Synopsis
Light energy from an area source.
Description
A light source shader simulating a glowing
object in the scene. Each area light should be associated with an
object in the scene, and therefore no positional or other
geometric information need be specified explicitly for the
source. In fact, as with any other surface, area light sources need
to have a material assigned to them, as not only do they emit
light themselves, but they may well have to reflect light, from
other sources, which is incident upon them. The radiosity
processor always automatically recognizes the defined area
sources.
solidThinking User Manual
361
Section 5
The "unshot" argument represents the unshot radiosity value, in
other words, the amount of light energy, per unit area, which the
area source will emit. This is specified per unit area of the
source for each of the red, green and blue components. The SI
units for radiosity are Watts per square meter.
Because the radiosity of an area light source is defined in terms
of its area, relatively small alterations to the geometry to which
it is attached could lead to large changes in the lighting
conditions. It is worth calculating the area of a light source
before deciding what radiosity value should be assigned to it.
An alternate way to specify power and color of an area source is
defining power units ("undefined", "watts", and "lumens") and
setting directly power ("power" parameter) in these units. In
this case, as we specify the total power, the impact of changing
the source geometry will be not so critical.
The source color, when using defined power units, is specified
by "color temperature" and can be additionally filtered by
given "color" parameter. If "color temperature" is not set (equal
0:0), then the "color" is used for color definition.
Area light sources are associated with polygonal geometry,
which by default is single-sided. This means that an area light
source only radiates energy in the direction away from the
‘front’ of the surface.
The parameters "min lod", "max lod" and "noise factor" are
effective only during direct rendering (ignored by radiosity).
Meanings are:
"min lod" - minimal level of detail of area source
decomposition. The usual range is [0:0; 1:0] although values
greater than 1:0 are allowed. The value 0:0 means minimal level
of decomposition. This parameter determines the initial
sampling for lighting calculation and visibility analysis. If it is
too low, then shadow boundaries will not be reproduced
correctly. If it is too high, then rendering times will be
excessive. Practical values are between 0:2 and 0:6.
362
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Radiosity / Final Gather
"mid lod" - this parameter is similar to "min lod" but it does not
cause actual decomposition of the source for lighting
calculations; it determines instead minimal level of
decomposition for visibility analysis. If should be no smaller
than "max lod" and, if it is actually smaller, then is defaulted to
"max lod". Controlling the level of decomposition with this
parameter makes sense if we use shadow maps, or shading
calculations are extremely costly and we want to limit number
of actual sample but at the same time we want to perform
sufficient shadow analysis.
"max lod" - maximal level of adaptive decomposition of source
when rendering areas of penumbra. If set to the same value as
"min lod", no adaptive decomposition is performed and
penumbra areas may exhibit aliasing artifacts. The range is [0:0;
1:0] although values greater than 1:0 are allowed. The practical
range is [0:5; 1:0].
"noise factor" - specifies level of random disturbances for
visibility samples. Value of 0:0 means no noise. Value of 1:0
means maximal noise. The range is strictly [0:0; 1:0]. The noise
may be used as cheaper alternative for antialiasing penumbra
areas than adaptive refinement (controlled by max lod
parameter).
"shadows" - switches shadows on or off for this source.
"shadow resolution" - resolution of shadow map associated
with this source. If set to 0, then ray traced shadows are used.
See below.
Shaders
"shadow quality" - quality of shadow map sampling expressed
as square of the number of point samples to be taken to
approximate shadow for given shaded point.
solidThinking User Manual
363
Section 5
Defining Materials
As already noted, radiosity technique models diffuse reflections
between different surfaces in the scene. In order to do this, the
fraction of the incident light that each surface reradiates needs
to be defined. This is achieved by making use of material
shaders. The intention is that materials shaders can be set up in
such a way that surfaces are fully specified for both the radiosity
simulation and for later rendering, without the need for
alteration.
Two types of information are required for the calculations of
radiosity simulation. Firstly, the color of each surface needs to
be known, so that effects such as color bleeding are modeled;
Secondly, the overall fraction of the light incident on each
surface, which will be diffusely re-radiated by that surface, must
be specified.
Only two classes of materials can be used during the radiosity
solution: color and reflectance. The light re-radiated by a
surface is calculated by the multiplication of the diffuse
reflection factor provided by a correctly set up reflectance
shader and the color value provided by the color shader. Any of
the other classes may also be made use of: they will be ignored
by Radiosity, but used by those rendering methods to which
they apply, when the radiosity solution is rendered.
Once the radiosity simulation is complete, the result can be
displayed by rendering the processed geometry as required. The
solution can be rendered in any supported rendering methods,
such as preview, full, and so on. To enable realistic shading
effects to be obtained for these modes, it will be necessary to
use materials that will create the relevant effect. Materials
shaders such as procedural texture shaders, texture maps, bump
maps, mirrors, and so forth, can be used to give added realism to
the finished image if it is rendered using a high-quality
rendering method.
364
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Radiosity / Final Gather
Rendering using a photo-realistic method will allow the above
effects, as well as the radiosity solution, to be incorporated into
the final image, allowing very high quality images. These will
not only exhibit realistic lighting conditions, but also
reflections, textures and surface imperfections which all
contribute to making an image look real rather than artificial.
solidThinking User Manual
365
Section 5
5.9
Final Gather
Final Gather is an exclusive technique that can be used with or
without Radiosity and which will calculate the effects of diffuse
secondary illumination (i.e. bounced light) in a scene.
It involves computing the incoming illumination at various
points in a scene and storing this data in a cache. Information
stored in the cache is then used to determine how illumination
from other parts of the scene contribute to the illumination at
the point being shaded.
Thanks to Final Gather, extremely accurate and well-lit images
can be produced very quickly.
Final Gather can be used to construct an Irradiance Cache
which, in turn, can be used for a variety of purposes, including:
• Simulating ‘one bounce’ global illumination.
• Hiding mesh artifacts in a coarse radiosity solution, whilst at
the same time illuminating the entire image by the unshot
energy in the radiosity simulation.
• Accelerating ‘dome’ light source shaders, such as "sky" and
"environment".
What is irradiance? Irradiance is a color; it measures light
energy incident upon a surface from anywhere in the
hemisphere above the point of interest. Irradiance is the
incident light energy per unit area, per unit time. Typical units
are Watts per square meter. An Irradiance Cache is a data
structure which stores irradiance values allowing us to re-use
its contents. If we know the irradiance in the middle of a field is
X, then we can be pretty sure that when the next pixel wants to
know the irradiance a few centimeters away, the value will be
something very close to X. We don’t need to perform another
Final Gather operation; we can simply grab a few nearby
values from the cache and use interpolation to get our result.
366
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Radiosity / Final Gather
To enable the Final Gather method, you must first open the
Shading panel by using the Managers > Shading command.
Once opened, the Shading panel displays six tabs (Surface,
Light, Image, Rendering, Output, and Globals) on the upper
left corner. Select the Rendering tab: the first column on the
left displays the Rendering chain, which lists, among others,
the Final Gather option. Checking the radio button on enables
the Final Gather computation and allows you to modify
parameters that are displayed in the column beside.
The "saturate output color" parameter is used to control how
much the Final Gather color is saturated. A value of 0.0 (the
default) corresponds to no saturation taking place. A value of
−1.0 turns the color pure grey, whilst a value of 1.0 results in
extremely rich hues.
"filter output color" filters the Final Gather color by the given
color.
"scale output intensity" provides an easy way to modify the
amount of indirect light in a scene by controlling the
contribution of the Final Gather to the final rendering.
The "domelight components" argument allows you to specify
how the contribution of a ‘dome’ light (i.e., a "sky", "simple
sky", "environment" or "simple environment" light) should be
modeled, during any final gather processing. The Final Gather
method is able to simulate two different types of lighting
contribution:
• Direct diffuse lighting contribution from light sources that we
know have a slowly-varying distribution, due to their extent.
These lights are the "sky", "simple sky", "environment" and
"simple environment" light source shaders, collectively known
as the dome lights, since they form a massive dome over the
scene being rendered.
solidThinking User Manual
367
Section 5
• Indirect diffuse lighting contribution (e.g., modeling the way
uplighters illuminate a floor, as their light bounces off the
ceiling).
Note: "sky", "simple sky", "environment" and "simple
environment" dome lights has a "lighting components" shader
argument which allows you to specify how the light’s
contribution should be modeled, during any final gather
processing:
• Gather Direct. Model the dome light’s direct contribution
using the final gather module. So, when a final gather sample
ray misses all the geometry in the scene, establish how bright
(and what color) the dome light is, in that direction, and return
that radiance. If, for a particular final gather sample point,
many such rays miss all the geometry in the scene, a
correspondingly bright ’sky’ contribution will result. If most
sample rays hit opaque geometry in the scene, then the ’sky’
contribution will be small. The fastest renders come with this
setting enabled and Gather Indirect disabled.
• Gather Indirect. Model the dome light’s indirect contribution
using the final gather module. So, when final gathering on the
ceiling of a room, spray out sample rays to find the floor and
walls and so on, and establish how the dome light illuminates
each of these points using the dome light’s own parameters. So
the dome source will bounce light of the floor and walls, onto
the ceiling, where it is captured by the final gather module.
Illuminating any point with a dome light can be expensive, so it
is worth noting that a very coarse illumination is probably
enough for the final gather to do a good job. Whilst such
settings would produce a very poor render, if used in the
absence of the irradiance cache, they are usually perfectly
adequate for indirect illumination. The highest quality renders
come from setting enabled.
• Global. It allows global control over the "lighting
components" of any dome lights that happen to be in use. For
example, if there is an archive of dome lights, all of which have
"lighting components" set to Global, the user can then explore
368
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Radiosity / Final Gather
different settings and light sources, without having to constantly
mess with the individual lights.
"debug" allows the locations of irradiance samples to be
displayed in the rendered image. Samples created during cache
initialization will be shown as green dots by default, samples
created during rendering.
The "number of rays" parameter determines how many
visibility rays are cast into the hemisphere above the point of
interest, when performing a Final Gather operation. Lower
values give noisier, faster, less accurate results. Higher values
give smoother, slower, more accurate results. In scenes with few
occluders and near-uniform illumination, large values are not
needed. Where we have many occluders, or complex
illumination, we have to cast more rays if we are to get a
reasonable irradiance estimate from our Final Gather operation.
Sensible values for "minimum radius", "maximum radius"
and "maximum ray length" depend on:
- the size of the scene being rendered;
- whether the whole scene is being rendered (or just one region
of a larger scene);
- speed/accuracy trade offs.
The "interpolation quality" parameter quantifies what
‘sufficiently’ means in the statement ‘if sufficiently many cache
samples, are found sufficiently close to the point of interest,
then interpolation will be used rather than Final Gather.’
The "normal tolerance" parameter controls ‘interpolation
around corners’. When rendering scenes are primarily
composed of planar surfaces, there is little need to fine tune it. If
curved surfaces do appear in a scene, but they are not visually
important, then large values should be used, in order to increase
performance. The parameter specifies an angle in degrees. The
range is [0.01, 90.0]. In general it is necessary to have a "normal
tolerance" which is greater than the angle between adjacent
facets in order to get a smooth appearance on curved surfaces.
solidThinking User Manual
369
Section 5
“handle translucency” specifies whether or not final gather
should consider translucency, when any of the “number of rays”
visibility rays encounter some geometry.
Whilst the Final Gather method is able to simulate two different
types of lighting contribution (direct diffuse illumination and
indirect diffuse illumination), specular contributions are notable
by their absence. The reason for this is the directional nature of
specular highlights compared to the scalar nature of irradiance.
The problem can be avoided by enabling "evaluate specular"
which evaluate the specular Final Gather by tracing a number of
eye rays through each point being shaded and scattering them
about the reflection direction, performing shading on each one.
The "specular number of rays" parameter controls how many
such rays are cast for each shading point. If too few rays are
cast, then the specular highlight may appear noisy. If too many
rays are cast, then the specular calculations will be slow. For a
rough surface, more rays should be cast than for a smooth
surface (if the same noise level is being sought).
“irradiance cache minimum distance” specifies the average
distance (in pixels) between eye rays cast into the screen.
If a ray intersects a mirrored or transparent surface, then it may
be reflected or transmitted. The maximum depth to which a ray
can be propagated is controlled by “irradiance cache specular
scale”, which specifies the maximum number of reflections and
refractions/transmissions the ray will perform.
“irradiance cache follow reflectance” specifies whether final
gather initialization follows reflection rays. If the render style
being used with final gather does not follow reflection rays, then
this argument can be set to false to speed up cache initialization.
“irradiance cache follow transmission” specifies whether
final gather initialization follows refraction/transmission rays. If
the render style being used with final gather does not follow
refraction/transmission rays, then this argument can be set to
false to speed up cache initialization.
370
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Radiosity / Final Gather
Ambient Occlusion
Ambient Occlusion is an addition to final gather which
provides intelligent ambient lighting. Unlike simple ambient
lighting, which leaves things looking a little ’flat’, ambient
occlusion takes into account the (mean) distance of the point
being rendered to the other objects in a scene. This distance is
used to reduce the ambient contribution beneath tables, for
example, or in the corners of a room, while the middle of the
ceiling/walls are fully lit. The transition between light and dark
is smooth and controllable.
Because ambient occlusion doesn’t care about where light
sources are, but just how far away a point is from other
geometry, it can be much quicker than a full final gather
calculation. No shadow rays are cast, no shadow maps are
consulted, and the need to sample carefully to find the patch of
the sunlight on the floor of the room, for example, is left as
something for Final Gather to do. Ambient occlusion can be
seen as an inexpensive alternative to modeling indirect
illumination with Final Gather. This is especially useful where
there are many point lights, or when a dome light is involved—
both those situations are expensive, even with a radiosity preprocess. Despite ambient occlusion sharing many of the Final
Gather controls, it is possible to use ambient occlusion without
performing full Final Gather, in which case it provides an
improvement over using an ambient light and is almost certainly
easier to set up than using carefully positioned fill lights.
To enable the Ambient Occlusion method, you must first open
the Shading panel by using the Managers > Shading
command.
Once opened, the Shading panel displays six tabs (Surface,
Light, Image, Rendering, Output, and Globals) on the upper
left corner. Select the Globals tab: the first column on the left
displays the Global settings, which lists, among others, the
Ambient Occlusion option. Enabling ambient occlusion allows
solidThinking User Manual
371
Section 5
you to modify parameters that are displayed in the Parameter
column.
"intensity" determines the brightness of the ambient occlusion
illumination, before any drop-off has been applied to it.
"color" determines the hue of the ambient occlusion
illumination.
"color temperature", if non-zero, is an alternative means of
defining the hue of the ambient occlusion illumination. If zero,
this parameter is ignored. If not, the color that results will be
combined with "color" to give the hue of the ambient occlusion
illumination.
"intensity units" indicates if the intensity is physically
meaningful, or whether it is simply empirical. When combining
ambient occlusion with real-world light sources, such as
sunlight, daylight, or luminaries from lighting manufacturers, it
is very useful to be able to specify exactly how bright your
ambient occlusion is, in comparison to those other sources. For
many, empirical will always be good enough.
"shadow factor" is used to control which parts of the scene are
fully lit by the ambient occlusion light, and which parts are
partially lit (to give the fake ambient occlusion shadowing
effect). At every shade point, final gather sampling (whether
directly, or via interpolation) will determine a (harmonic) mean
distance between the shade point and the rest of the scene.
Where this distance is less than
"shadow factor" X "maximum ray length", ambient
occlusion illumination will fade into shadow.
"drop-off rate" and "contrast" are used to fine-tune the
illumination in the "shadow factor" X "maximum ray length"
band. The darkest shadow will be the ambient occlusion
illumination, scaled by (1.0 - "contrast"); so larger contrasts give
darker ambient occlusion shadows. The rate at which the
ambient occlusion illumination drops into shadow is determined
by the "drop-off rate". Smaller values will see the light
372
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Radiosity / Final Gather
reluctant to fade away, whereas larger values will push the
shadows out into the brighter regions.
"saturate output color" can be used to (de)saturate the
ambient occlusion illumination. An alternative approach would
be to saturate the "color".
"bump factor" can be used to control the appearance of
displacement mapping when lit by ambient occlusion. The
default value of 0:0, switches off the effect. A value of 1:0
provides maximum change in color due to the bumps. Values inbetween can be used to dampen/soften the effect.
solidThinking User Manual
373
Section 5
374
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Post-Process Shaders
5.10
Feature-Following
Anti-Aliasing
To enable the FFAA post-process shader you must first open the
Shading panel by using either the Managers4Shading
command.
Once the Shading panel is opened, select the Rendering tab:
the first column on the left displays the Rendering chain that
lists, among others, the FFAA option. Check the radio button on
to enable it and be allowed to modify parameters that are
displayed in the column beside.
FFAA stands for Feature-Following Anti-Aliasing, a postprocess shader, which anti-aliases pixel-connected features in an
image by high-resolution sub-sampling, while propagating
further anti-aliasing between pixels only where necessary.
Speed is maximized automatically by super-sampling only on
those areas requiring such anti-aliasing.
solidThinking User Manual
Class
Post Process
Synopsis
Atmospheric scattering of light, with
attenuation. A more general version of the
simpler "fog light" shader.
Arguments
Name
"threshold"
“halton samples”
“early out”
"relative sensitivity"
“y radix”
“x radix”
Default
0.1
32
1
4.0
3
2
375
Section 5
Description
The "ffaa" shader provides faithful rendering
of connected features extending over several pixels, supersampling all such pixels efficiently and avoiding the supersampling of any pixels outside such features. Samples are taken
at the corners of a pixel; if this exhibits a difference exceeding a
specified “threshold”, then that pixel is considered to contain a
high frequency feature and is super-sampled accordingly. The
"ffaa" shader adaptively applies high frequency super-sampling
to those pixels containing features requiring anti-aliasing, but
will not expend time on those which do not.
The "relative sensitivity" parameter determines the threshold
applied when deciding whether a pixel contains a feature or not.
As each successive sample is taken, the cumulative standard
deviation of the samples is calculated in a color space allowing
for the relative sensitivity of the red, green and blue cones of the
human eye. If this standard deviation a) ever exceeds the
threshold value, the pixel is taken to contain features, b) never
exceeds the threshold value, the pixel is taken not to contain any
feature. The "relative sensitivity" parameter should be set high
enough to ensure that all pixels containing features are detected
(the higher the parameter, the more pixels are reached).
The "threshold" parameter should be low enough to ensure that
all pixels that contain features are tagged as seeds but not so low
that any pixel not containing any feature is incorrectly tagged as
a seed.
“halton samples” specifies the number of samples at each
propagated pixel, using a pseudo-random sequence known as
the Halton sequence.
“early out” specifies the number of samples remaining for each
pixel before the shader decides if it has found a feature or not.
“y radix” is the y radix of the Halton sequence. Note that you
should not choose values for the x and y radix which can be
divided by the same number.
376
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Post-Process Shaders
“x radix” is the y radix of the Halton sequence. Note that you
should not choose values for the x and y radix which can be
divided by the same number.
solidThinking User Manual
377
Section 5
5.11
Depth of Field
To enable the Depth of Field post-process shader, open the
Shading panel by using either the Managers4Shading
command.
Once the Shading panel is opened, select the Rendering tab:
the first column on the left displays the Rendering chain which
lists, among others, the Depth of Field option. Check the radio
button on to enable it and be allowed to modify parameters that
are displayed in the column beside.
This post processing shader lets you simulate camera depth of
field effects.
378
Class
Post-process
Synopsis
Depth of field effect.
Arguments
Name
"focal length"
"aperture"
"focus plane"
"near focus"
"far focus"
"near blur"
"far blur"
"units"
Default value
50.0
5.6
9.0
0.0
0.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Post-Process Shaders
Description
The depth of field effect is controlled either by
parameters describing the camera model (lens focal length,
aperture stop) or directly (distance to near and far boundary of
field in focus, level of blurring in near and far field).
The effect, if desired, can be controlled separately in near field
and far field without regard to physical correctness - this gives
the ability to create impossible but desirable effects.
The shader also queries the front and back clipping planes. The
back clipping plane is used to establish the distance to
background. All objects further away than the back clipping
plane are set to the distance of the far clipping plane.
The front clipping plane is used to clip nearer objects. If the
front clipping plane is nearer to the observer than the focal
length, then it is adjusted to focal length with 10 (e.g., if near
plane is set on 0.1 mm. while the focal length is 50 mm., then
actual near plane will be set on 55 mm). It is so because an
image of points closer to the camera than focal distance does not
exist.
solidThinking User Manual
379
Section 5
5.12
Lens Flares
The Lens Flare post-process shader simulates the lens flare
effects often produced when cameras are pointed toward bright
objects. Components of the effect include central glow, random
and regular light streaks, halo and ghost images of lens iris.
Lens flares is a post processing effect: it means that it is applied
once the rendered image has been created. To enable the Lens
Flares option, just open the Shading panel by choosing the
Managers4Shading command, select the Rendering tab, and
check the Lens Flare button on.
In the Parameters column, the “lens” drop-down menu
displays the nine standard “lens types” provided. They are:
380
"standard"
Standard camera. One circular ghost and
random light streaks.
"lens35"
Mixed light streaks (random and regular),
five ghost images.
"lens50"
Random light streaks, accentuated bloom,
eight ghost images.
"lens105"
Mixed random and regular streaks, fuzzy
halo, and twenty rounded polygonal ghosts.
"polygon"
As "standard", but with rounded polygonal
ghost.
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Post-Process Shaders
"polygon35"
As "lens35" but with sharp polygonal
ghosts.
"polygon50"
As "lens50" but with sharp polygonal
ghosts.
"star4"
Slightly accentuated bloom, regular streaks.
"spark"
Mixed random and regular streaks, no halo
or ghosts.
Activate “enable” to being computation.
“fov” is the size of the field of view used by the shader.
“size range” is the ratio of sizes for brightest flare (equal flare
constant” and dimmest flare (equal to flare threshold).
“intensity” is the common scale factor for the brightest of all
flare components.
“rotation” is the rotation of the camera lens (in degrees).
“glow radius” is the size of the central glow in degrees.
“glow shape” is the shape of the glow.
“glow color” is the color at the rim of the glow (center is
always white).
“glow focus” is the concentration of the effect. Lower values
mean a faster fall-off.
“glow factor” is the relative brightness of the central glow.
“iris blades” is the number of edges to the polygon (if
polygonal glow shape is used).
“iris blade shape” is used if the arc polygon shape has been
specified. It is used to decide the relative radius of the arcs.
solidThinking User Manual
381
Section 5
“halo shape” is the shape of the halo.
”halo radius” is the shape of the radius.
“halo width” is the width of the halo ring, in degrees.
“halo factor” is the relative brightness of the halo.
“rays type” is the type of rays generated.
“rays shape” is the shape of the rays.
“rays count” are the number of pairs of regular streaks.
“rays color” is the filter color for the rays.
“rays factor” is the relative intensity of the rays.
“rays contrast” is the relative contrast of the generated rays.
“rays range” is the distance (relative to glow radius) travelled
by regular rays of unit intensity. This defines the fall-off for
rays.
“rays rotation”, in degrees, of regular streaks (“star filter”) in
elation to camera lens (this value is added to “rotation”).
“ghosts” is the number of ghost images to be generated.
382
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Image Output Formats
5.13
Image Output Formats
solidThinking lets you choose the format in which rendered
images should be generated. To select the preferred output graphic
format, open the Shading panel by choosing Managers4Shading,
click the Output tab, and check one of the following options on:
•
•
•
•
•
•
solidThinking User Manual
Windows Bitmap (.bmp). The standard Windows bitmap format.
TIFF (.tif). Tagged Image File Format. Widely used in
desktop publishing.
JPEG (.jpg). Joint Photographic Experts Group standard.
Sliders lets you adjust Quality (default is 85) and
Smoothness level.
Quicktime VR Panoramic Movie. A series of images from a
fixed viewpoint, which allow the viewer to freely rotate
around the viewpoint and look in all directions.
QuicktimeVR Object Movie. A series of images of an object
taken from different angles, which allow the viewer to rotate
the object and view all its sides.
High Dynamic Range (.hdr). High Dynamic Range Images
can represent a much higher range of intensity values than
traditional image formats, which only represent the range of
intensity values which can be displayed on a computer
display. They have several advantages:
– they can be used as backgrounds in brightly lit scenes prior
to tone mapping;
– they provide a way to store images which have been
rendered using physically based realistic lighting values,
without loss of information;
– they can be used as environments (via the "environment"
light shader) which illuminate the scene (allowing digitally
created objects to be rendered with lighting conditions exactly
matching some real world scene).
383
Section 5
•
•
384
OpenEXR (.exr). A high dynamic-range (HDR) image file
format developed by Industrial Light & Magic or use in
computer imaging applications.
PNG (*.png) A Portable Networks Graphics is a bitmapped
image format that employs lossless data compression.
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Image Output Formats
• Quicktime VR movies
solidThinking supports the output of QuickTime VR object and
panoramic movies. QuickTime VR is a cross-platform standard,
developed by Apple, for presenting:
•
•
panoramic movies, a series of images from a fixed viewpoint;
object movies, a series of images of an object taken from
different angles.
The software to view a QuickTime VR movie once created
be freely obtained from Apple via the internet, if you do
have it already. We recommend using the QuickTime
viewer. More information can be found at the QuickTime
web site, the URL for which is http://quicktimevr.apple.com
can
not
3.0
VR
QuickTime VR panoramic movies
Panoramic movies are produced from a series of views of a
place taken from the same spot, but at slightly different angles.
These images are then combined into a single image to allow
viewing. As you pan left and right, or tilt it up and down,
QuickTime VR responds to your movements, displaying the
correct section of the entire panorama.
The camera position is taken to indicate the initial viewpoint of
the panorama. The panorama is taken to be a camera pan
through 360 degrees from the initial view.
solidThinking User Manual
385
Section 5
The middle Parameters column of the shading panel shows the
following variables:
"Rendering method" Method used to render the frames of the
movie. Wireframe and hidden-line are not
currently supported.
"Number of images" Specifies the number of individual images
that should be rendered to make up the full
panorama. This should not be set too low to
avoid distortion in the resulting movie.
Also, high values should be avoided as the
gain in quality becomes minimal. Normally
this control should be left at its default
setting of 32. Advanced users may wish to
fine tune movie generation by slightly
changing this value.
386
"Movie width"
Specifies the width of the window that the
movie will be displayed in. Default setting
is 440.
"Movie height"
Specifies the height of the window that the
movie will be displayed in. Default setting
is 220.
"Info"
It defines the movie information. Typically
used for general information about the
movie.
"Copyright"
It defines the movie copy-right details.
Typically indicates the owner of the
copyright on the movie.
"Credits"
It defines the movie credit details. Typically
used for credits to those who provided
resources for the movie.
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Image Output Formats
“Compression”
solidThinking User Manual
Compression amount to apply when an
image is to be written to an archive in a
compressed format.
387
Section 5
QuickTime VR object movies
Object movies are slightly different in that they consist of a
number of views of a static object taken from different points
around it.
This allows the user to fly around the object (the effect is
identical to, and often described as, rotating the object around
any axis). As you turn the object, or tilt it up and down,
QuickTime VR responds to your movements, displaying the
correct image for that view onto the object.
The view resolution determines the dimensions of the movie,
and the camera position is taken to indicate the front of the
object that will form the movie subject.
Note: Object movie files will contain a large number of frames,
and will therefore take a significant time to render.
The middle Parameters column of the shading panel shows the
following variables:
"Rendering method" Method used to render the frames of the
movie. Wireframe and hidden-line are not
currently supported.
388
"Movie width"
Specifies the width of the window that the
movie will be displayed in. Default setting
is 100.
"Movie height"
Specifies the height of the window that the
movie will be displayed in. Default setting
is 100.
"Pan min"
The minimum horizontal pan position the
object will be rotated to. Specified in
degrees. Default is 0.
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Image Output Formats
solidThinking User Manual
"Pan max"
The maximum horizontal pan position the
object will be rotated to. Specified in
degrees. Default is 360.
"Pan initial"
The initial horizontal pan position.
Indicates the starting horizontal rotation for
the object when the movie is first opened.
Specified in degrees. Default is 180.
"Pan frames"
The number of frames to generate between
the minimum and maximum horizontal pan
positions. Specified as an integer, defaults
to 36 so that frames are rendered every 10
degrees.
"Tilt min"
The minimum vertical tilt position the
object will be rotated to. Specified in
degrees. Default is -90.
"Tilt max"
The maximum vertical tilt position that the
object will be rotated to. Specified in
degrees. Default is 90.
"Tilt initial"
The initial vertical tilt position. Indicates
the starting vertical rotation for the object
when the movie is first opened. Specified in
degrees. Default is 0.
"Tilt frames"
The number of frames to generate between
the minimum and maximum vertical tilt
positions. Specified as an integer, defaults
to 19 so that frames are rendered every 10
degrees.
"Info"
It defines the movie information. Typically
used for general information about the
movie.
389
Section 5
390
"Copyright"
It defines the movie copy-right details.
Typically indicates the owner of the
copyright on the movie.
"Credits"
It defines the movie credit details. Typically
used for credits to those who provided
resources for the movie.
“Compression”
Compression amount to apply when an
image is to be written to an archive in a
compressed format.
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Rendering the Scene
5.14
Rendering the Scene
Rendering is defined as the process of generating a synthetic
image of a scene given a complete description of its geometry
and other characteristics.
The process of shaded image generation is divided into two
distinct stages.
The first stage is known as visible surface processing, during
which the renderer establishes, for every pixel of the image,
what surface or surfaces are visible. When this information is
available, the second stage of the rendering process evaluates
the contribution made by each of the visible surfaces to the final
shade of the displayed pixel.
This second step, known as shading, encompasses all of the
calculations that must be performed in order to determine each
pixel’s intensity. These include accounting for every light
source in the scene and calculating how much light falls on the
visible surfaces, as well as determining the color of the visible
surface.
solidThinking supports a number of choices for visibility
processing in the form of alternative rendering methods.
Typically, each rendering method is designed to fulfill specific
requirements and will provide a unique algorithmic solution for
visibility processing. Depending upon the quality of image that
is required and the features that it contains, solidThinking
utilizes alternative methods of shading operation in order to
maximize performance in various configurations.
solidThinking User Manual
391
Section 5
Rendering methods can be summarized as follows:
Wireframe rendering
The simplest form of rendering. Vector output showing all the
edges of the geometry with no consideration to whether a
particular edge should be visible or obscured by other geometry.
Hidden line rendering
Vector output showing only those lines which would be visible
from the current view point (i.e., lines hidden by other surfaces
are removed).
Flat shaded rendering
Each surface is assumed to be opaque with a single, uniform
color. Curved surfaces are approximated by a mesh of
polygonal facets. In the shaded image, each facet is painted
uniformly with an average color.
Gouraud shaded rendering
Each surface is assumed to be opaque with a single, uniform
base color. Curved surfaces are approximated by a mesh of
polygonal facets, and in the shaded image, colors are calculated
at each vertex of each facet, then, these colors are blended
across the facets to create smooth shading of curved surfaces. It
is named after his French originator, Henry Gouraud.
392
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Rendering the Scene
Phong shaded rendering
Each surface is assumed to be opaque with a single, uniform
base color. Curved surfaces are approximated by a mesh of
polygonal facets, and in the shaded image, normal vectors at the
vertices of each facet are interpolated and a shade is calculated
independently for each pixel. This technique, known as Phong
interpolation, enables smooth shading of curved surfaces and is
able to render precise, realistic specular highlights. It was
originated by Phong Bui-tuong.
Scanline preview rendering
Shaded rendering with full texturing features using the preview
scan-line renderer. The geometry is sampled at a rate of one
sample per rendered pixel, so that object silhouettes take on a
jagged appearance. Transparency shading is not supported in
this method.
Scanline full rendering
The model is rendered as a fully shaded and textured, antialiased image. The geometry is sampled at a sufficient rate to
eliminate aliasing artifacts on object silhouettes.
Raytrace preview rendering
Shaded rendering with full texturing features using the preview
ray tracer renderer. The geometry is sampled at a rate of one
sample per rendered pixel, so that object silhouettes take on a
jagged appearance.
solidThinking User Manual
393
Section 5
Raytrace full rendering
The model is rendered as a fully shaded and textured, antialiased image using the full ray tracer renderer. The geometry is
sampled at a sufficient rate to eliminate aliasing artifacts in
regions of high intensity gradient.
Sketch rendering
The model is rendered using a technique which produces an
image which is more like a pencil sketch, ink drawing, or
painting.
Panoramic rendering
The model is rendered from a series of views taken from the
same spot, but at slightly different angles. These images are
then combined into a single image to allow viewing.
394
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Rendering the Scene
The Render Options
Panel
The Render Options panel (Render4Options… command)
allows you to specify rendering methods and resolution.
You can choose one of the following methods:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Wireframe
Hidden line
Flat
Gouraud
Phong
Scanline preview
Scanline full
Raytrace preview
Raytrace full
Sketch rendering
Panoramic
Renderings are automatically saved in the /solidThinking/
Images folder with a progressive numbering “(Untitled)#YYYYMM-DD#hh-mm-ss” where YYYY is for year, MM for month,
DD for day, hh for hour, mm for minutes, ss for seconds, for
example 2002-04-20#11-23-59).
The Preset pop-up menu lets you set the dimensions of the
image using some commonly used settings.
The Unit field allows you to choose the reference unit (Pixel,
Millimeter, Inch) for the Width and Height fields. Width and
Height can be swapped by pressing Swap.
When the chosen unit is Millimeter or Inch, the Resolution
fields can be used to et the Pixel per Inch (dpi) or the Pixel per
Millimeter values.
solidThinking User Manual
395
Section 5
Once you have defined these options, you can start rendering
your scenes.
Choose the Render4Render current view command to
generate the image at the fixed resolution.
The final image will be progressively displayed while it is
computed. At the end of the process, the image titlebar will
display the total rendering time.
396
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Rendering the Scene
The Renderings Browser
The Renderings Browser (Render4Browse renderings…
command) shows you all the pictures you have rendered since
you launched solidThinking. Once you select a picture (just
click it), you have the possibility to save it or delete it. The
Renderings Browser also allows you to delete all the listed
pictures.
When you click the Save button, the Save As dialog box is
displayed, allowing you to save and name the rendered image.
You can set a maximum number of rendered pictures that will
be displayed in the Rendering browser and stored in the
/solidThinking/Images folder in the Renderings buffer section
of the Preferences panel (to open it, choose the Info4
Preferences… command).
solidThinking User Manual
397
Section 5
Interreflections
A reflective object can reflect another reflective object. In real
life, this creates a virtually infinite number of interreflections.
In solidThinking, you can set the number of interreflections
computed when you use the raytrace method.
To set the number of interreflections, open the Shading
panel by using either the Managers4Shading command.
Select the Globals tab: the first column on the left lists, among
the others, the Raytrace option. When you select it, a number of
parameters will be displayed in the column beside.
The "max reflection bounces" parameter allows you to set
number of interreflections either by moving the slider or by
typing the value in the data field and pressing Enter .
398
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Rendering the Scene
Creating an Image
Step by Step
Once you have modeled, refined, and positioned your 3D
models, you are ready to produce a photorealistic image.
We report here steps that you could follow to produce images
more efficiently.
1) Set the camera position and the angle of view.
2) Assign simple materials, for example materials whose
components can be a “plain” color source shader, a reflection
shader set to “matte”, “plastic” or “metal” and no displacement
or transparency.
3) Position a few lights and set their intensities. Most scenes
only require a simple set of lights, an ambient light with a low
intensity and a single distant light. The distant light is likely to
be positioned at 45 degrees to the camera viewing line. As an
alternative to the distant light, a spotlight may be used. By
positioning the spot light carefully, the objects being rendered
can be made to stand out from the background. At this stage
shadows should not be turned on. A recommended lighting set
up is an ambient light with an intensity of 0.2 and a distant light
with an intensity of 1, positioned appropriately for the relative
positions of the camera and the object.
4) Use the Preview rendering for this stage.
5) Assign definitive materials. Select a type of material
applicable to each object. Plain materials are appropriate for
most objects. If more complex materials are selected, like blue
marble, it is likely that the parameters for the material will need
to be adjusted for the particular object to which they are
attached. The scale parameter of such shaders allows the size of
the visual appearance of the shader to be adjusted to suit the size
of the object to which the shader is attached.
solidThinking User Manual
399
Section 5
The three simplest reflectance shaders are matte, plastic and
metal. Matte is used for materials that do not have polished or
glossy surface finishes, like paper and matte-painted walls. The
plastic shader is applicable to materials that are glossy and have
sharp highlights, like plastic objects, varnished wood, glosspainted surfaces and glazed ceramic materials. The highlights
on plastic materials will `take on' the color of the lights being
reflected, normally a white color. The Phong reflectance shader
is similar in effect to plastic. The metal shader may be used on
metallic objects like machined mechanical parts. The material
will have sharp highlights like plastic, but they will be a lighter
shade of the base color, rather than the light's color. Most
objects do not require materials that use ray-tracing reflection
shaders, because few real-world materials have mirror-like
reflections. Many materials can be simulated using the plastic
and simple metal materials, which are faster than the ray-tracing
materials. The chrome 2D reflectance shader, which simulates a
simplified reflective surface, can be used as a simple alternative
to the ray-tracing reflection shaders.
Only use shaders that use ray-tracing, i.e. mirror, glass,
dielectric and conductor if necessary. The calculation time of
these shaders may be reduced significantly if the mirror factor
parameter of the shader is set to be 0. If this is done, then no
ray-tracing will take place, increasing the performance and
reducing the memory requirement.
There are two ways of rendering transparent objects, either
through ray-tracing reflectance shaders or transparency shaders.
Ray-tracing can simulate the complex refractions, or bending, of
light as it passes through objects. For flat or thin transparent
objects, like glass in windows where there is little refraction,
transparency shaders are much more efficient than ray-tracing.
The plain transparency shader gives materials a uniform
transparency, and has as a parameter a color specifying the
amount of transparency.
400
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Rendering the Scene
If the components of the color are set to 0.3, then the material
will be two-thirds transparent. If the components are set to 0.9,
then the material will be nearly opaque. By setting the color
parameter to be a color, like red, the material will simulate
colored glass.
Displacement shaders can simulate changes to the smoothness
of a surface's finish. The rough displacement shader may be
used for 'natural' bumpy surfaces like stone, cast metal and worn
wood. Other displacement shaders like wrapped dimple can
simulate manufactured surfaces, where a regular pattern appears
across a surface.
6) Adjust shadows. The shadow resolution may need to be
adjusted depending on the detail contained within the object and
the overall size of the object. Some images require additional
fill lights to lighten the shadows cast from the main light. A
distant light positioned at an angle to the main light will
accomplish this.
7) Render the final image. For the final image generation you
must select an appropriate image resolution. The final image
resolution and aspect ratio should be selected appropriately for
the final output device. If the image is to be displayed on a
computer screen, then the resolution should match the resolution
of the display, for example 1024 by 768 pixels. If the image is
to be output onto transparency film, by a film recorder, typical
resolutions are 2048 by 1365 or 4096 by 2731 pixels. The
quality of shadows is partly dependent on the resolution of the
shadow map, and also the resolution of the image. For higher
image resolutions the shadow map resolutions may also have to
be changed appropriately. For the maximum image quality the
Scanline full rendering mode should be used. If shader aliasing
occurs then the Raytrace full rendering mode may be used,
however this will significantly increase rendering times.
solidThinking User Manual
401
Section 5
Rendering Hints
402
•
Rendering times are proportional to the resolution of the
image. An image with a resolution of 1000 by 1000 pixels
will take approximately 4 times as long to render as one
with a resolution of 500 by 500 pixels. To reduce the time
taken for each iteration sub-images may be used to limit the
size of the area rendered.
•
The time taken to render an image is affected by the
rendering mode. The flat rendering mode is the fastest,
followed in order by Gouraud, Phong, Scanline preview,
Scanline full, Raytrace preview and Raytrace full. The raytracing rendering modes are not normally required. Raytrace
full may be used instead of Scanline full when shader
aliasing occurs. The ray-tracing rendering modes use the
ray-tracing technique to calculate surface visibility and are
consequently slower than the scan-line based rendering
modes. The reflection and refraction effects of ray-tracing
are available in the Scanline preview and full rendering
modes, combining the speed of scan-line visibility with the
visual effects of ray-tracing.
•
Rendering time will increase with the number of lights.
Normally, most scenes require only two or three lights. The
relative computation time required for each light type, in
increasing order, is as follows: ambient, eye, distant, point
and spot. Shadows from lights will increase the rendering
time. Shadows are both computationally and memory
intensive. Shadows from point lights are especially memory
intensive. Turn shadows off during the iteration process.
The normal resolution for shadows should be in the range of
half the image resolution and the full image resolution.
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Rendering the Scene
solidThinking User Manual
•
Rendering times can be reduced and the quality of
shadows increased if objects that do not cast shadows onto
other objects are excluded when a shadow is created for a
light. For example, if an image is being created of a widget
on a flat surface, then the flat surface will not cast shadows
onto any other object and can therefore be excluded from
the shadow creation process.
•
The number of materials used in a scene does not affect
rendering time.
•
The types of materials used in a scene may affect
rendering time. In fact, some materials are slower than
others. Any materials that use ray-tracing reflectance
shaders, like conductor, mirror, dielectric or glass, will be
slower than the simpler reflectance shaders like matte,
plastic, Phong and metal. Using the displacement shaders
like rough and cast will increase rendering times. The image
area covered by objects using the 'slower' materials will
affect the rendering time. If an object is quite small in the
image then attaching a 'slower' material to it will have a
small effect on the rendering time. However if the object
covers a large area of the image, then the effect on the
rendering time will be greater.
•
Rendering time is affected by the complexity of the
geometry being rendered. Sub-images and selecting subsets of the geometry may be used to reduce the rendering
time during the iteration process.
•
Using displacement shaders increases rendering times.
Rough and cast are especially computationally intensive.
•
Plain colored color source shaders like plain are quicker
than the more complex ones like simple wood and marble.
•
The plain and graduated backgrounds are quicker than the
clouds background.
403
Section 5
404
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Realtime Shading/Progressive Rendering
5.15
Realtime Shading
Realtime shaded rendering allows you to create a realistic
representation of your scene, instead of using the Textured
mode. Once you have created a scene, you can preview it in a
separate window using real time rendering. Each time you
change the shape of an object in a scene, you must re-render your
scene to update the Real time Rendering window. An image
cannot be saved from the Real time Rendering window.
How to use
1. Create a scene in solidThinking.
2. To activate the view that you want to render, click the title
bar of the view.
3. Select the Render menu > Real Time Shading.
4. The rendered image is displayed in a separate window.
Note: Do not close the Real time Rendering window if you
want to modify, assign shaders, or edit lights.
solidThinking User Manual
405
Section 5
Options
Rotate
Hold down the right mouse button and drag the mouse up and
down or move from side-to-side.
Pan
Hold down Ctrl and the right mouse button and move the mouse
up and down or from side-to-side.
Zoom
Roll the mouse wheel up and down, or hold down Shift and the
right mouse button and move the mouse up and down.
406
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Realtime Shading/Progressive Rendering
Assigning Materials to
an Object in a Scene
To assign a different material to an object in your scene, select
the object in any view. Open the Material browser and doubleclick a material. The object and material are updated in the Real
time Rendering window. You can also create or modify a
material from the Shading panel. Please note that some materials
cannot be displayed correctly in the Real time Rendering
window.
All shaders that are supported in realtime rendering are labeled
with an [rt] in the Shading panel.
solidThinking User Manual
407
Section 5
Modifying the Light
Intensity or Shadow
Direction
To change the intensity or the color of the light in the Real time
Rendering window, open the Shading panel > Light tab and
select a light type. Under Parameters, drag the intensity slider
bar to increase or decrease the amount of light. You can also
change the type of light, selecting from point light, spot light
and others from the Shading panel > Light tab
In Edit mode, you can change the direction of the light by
dragging the target. The shadows are modified in the Real time
Rendering window.
408
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Realtime Shading/Progressive Rendering
Realtime Shaded
Method Parameters
Once opened, the Shading panel displays six tabs (Surface,
Light, Image, Rendering, Output, and Globals) on the upper
left corner. Select the Globals tab: the first column on the left
displays the Global settings, which lists, among others, the
Realtime Shaded Method option. Enabling the Realtime
Shaded Method allows you to increase or decrease the shading
quality of your scene using the following parameters that are
displayed in the Parameters column:
Options
“textures”
may be turned on by activating this option.
“transparency” allows you to control the transparency level
(alpha) of background images for better visibility when
modeling.
“lighting” may be turned on by activating this option.
“shadows” shadows may be turned on by activating this option.
Activate “guarantee frame rate” to guarantee the given frame
rate amount. Note that extremely large scenes can be slow to
render, even when using hardware assisted OpenGL rendering.
By rendering geometry according to its visual importance, Realtime can provide interactive rendering of very large models at
guaranteed frame
rates. The most visually-important
geometry is rendered first, then the next most important, and so
on, until the time available for rendering each frame runs out.
“frame rate” is the number of frames displayed per second. To
change the value, enter a value directly in the text field or move
solidThinking User Manual
409
Section 5
the slider bar to change the value. The slider bar increments by a
value of 0.5.
“distance influence” specifies how much rendering priorities
calculated for objects depend on distance to the camera. The
valid range for this argument is from 0 to 1, with 0 meaning that
prioritization is mostly based on an object’s size in world units,
while 1 makes the prioritization mostly dependent on the
distance of the object to the camera. In the former case, large
objects are rendered first, while in the latter, objects closer to the
camera are rendered first. By default, it is set to 0.5, which makes
priorities roughly correspond to the size of projection on the
screen, i.e., objects that appear larger are rendered first.
Enabling “programmable shading” allows the Real-time
module to generate a far more realistic representation of
materials. The default value is Active.
“mipmapping” specifies whether to create textures as mipmaps
for increased visual quality, or standard textures. Note that
activating this control generally increases the memory usage, as
mipmapped textures require more storage space. The default
value is Active.
“texture quality”. Select Low or High from the drop-down
menu to define the texture quality of the rendered scene.
“transparency quality”. Select Low, Medium, or High from
the drop-down menu to define the transparency quality of the
rendered scene.
“lighting accuracy”. Select Low or High from the drop-down
menu to define the lighting accuracy of the rendered scene.
“background quality”. Select Low, Medium, or High from the
drop-down menu to define the background quality of the
rendered scene.
410
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Realtime Shading/Progressive Rendering
“color quality”. Select Low, Medium, High, or Very High
from the drop-down menu to define the color quality or the
rendered scene.
Activate “save model memory” to retain information on the
rendered scene.
Activate “precompile geometry” to pre-compile the geometry
of your scene before shading.
Activate “soft shadows” to enable soft shadows.
“maximum texture size” specifies the maximum texture size.
To change the value, enter a value directly in the text field or
move the slider bar to change the value.
“maximum background texture size” specifies the maximum
background texture size. To change the value, enter a value
directly in the text field or move the slider bar to change the
value.
“clamp image textures” clamps the image textures. The clamp
image textures specifies if the textures generated from materials
which use images (such as "wrapped image") should be clamped
to a maximum size, or to use the actual image dimensions as the
texture size. The default value is off.
“maximum image texture size” specifies the maximum image
texture size. To change the value, enter a value directly in the
text field or move the slider bar to change the value.
“color smoothing” enables color smoothing.
“faceting quality”. Select Coarse, Fine, High, or Default from
the drop-down menu to define the faceting quality or the
rendered scene.
“shadow depth”. Select Low or High from the drop-down menu
to define the shadow depth of the rendered scene.
solidThinking User Manual
411
Section 5
“real time plus expansion” Select No or Base from the dropdown menu to turn off or on the real time plus expansion option.
“shadow filter size”. Select No or Base from the drop-down
menu to turn off or on the real time plus expansion option.
“penumbra width” specifies the width of the penumbra effect
of a light.
“low polygon threshold” changes the value of the low polygon
threshold, enter a value directly in the text field or move the
slider bar to change the value.
412
solidThinking User Manual
Rendering Î Realtime Shading/Progressive Rendering
5.16
Progressive Rendering
Progressive rendering provides immediate feedback on the final
image with fast approximation, allowing an early preview of
lighting and materials in a scene. This gives early visual feedback
allowing you to decide either to interrupt the render and alter
settings, or continue until a final version is produced. Progressive
rendering works with any render style (you specify which other
style the progressive style should use) although best results are
obtained with ray trace or scan line.
The start ratio and end ratio define the number of passes at the
starting and ending stage of the rendering.
How to use
1. From the Shading panel > Globals tab > Global settings,
select Progressive Rendering.
2. Under Parameters > enable, activate the On checkbox.
3. Once enabled, you can render your scene. Select Render >
Render current view, or use the
Ctrl + R shortcut. he subsequent rendering begins and
continues to fill in the detail until a final, high quality image
is achieved.
4. The progressive rendering can be interrupted at any time by
pressing the ESC key.
5. To disable the progressive rendering, return to the Shading
panel > Globals tab > Global settings > Progressive
Rendering and deactivate the On checkbox enable.
solidThinking User Manual
413
Section 5
414
solidThinking User Manual
Glossary
Glossary
Aliasing
A reduction in image quality caused by representing images
with discrete pixels. In rendering, aliasing often refers to an
effect also known as the ‘jaggies’. These occur when vectors or
object edges are rendered with a jagged staircase effect, to which
near horizontal or near vertical lines are particularly prone.
Additional samples are taken to calculate a more accurate average.
B-Spline
A smooth curve defined by a series of control points.
Control point
A point in the world space that controls the shape of a curve or a
surface. Control points of NURBS curves also have a weight
factor which is initially set to 1.
Curve
The path of a point moving through space or a sequence of
straight or curved lines. A curve is defined non-rational if all
control points have the same weight factor. If they have different
weight factors, the curve is called rational. A curve has only one
dimension in space called U.
Displacement shader
One of the four component shaders used to define a material.
A displacement shader simulates the effects of small surface
perturbations by modifying the surface normal vector which is
applied to subsequent shading calculations. Also known as
bump mapping.
solidThinking User Manual
415
Glossary
DXF™
Drawing Exchange File. A file format widely used for
transferring data between computer systems.
Field of View
A means of specifying which part of a scene is visible from the
view point using the camera model of image control.
Gouraud shading
In the Gouraud shading technique, the color of pixels in the
interior of a polygon is calculated by interpolating the values of
the pixel intensities at the vertices. This produces an illusion of
smoothness at relatively little computational cost. Proposed by
Henri Gouraud.
Glossary
Hidden-line rendering method
A vector rendering in which those edges or parts of edges that
are obscured from the view are not rendered.
IGES™
Initial Graphics Exchange Specification. A file format widely
used for transferring data between computer systems.
Interpolation
Finding a curve or surface that satisfies some user-defined
constraints exactly. AN example of constraint is the requirement
of passing through a number of given points.
Light source shader
A shader function that describes how much illumination from a
light source falls onto a surface. A light shader may take one of
several light types, such as point, distant or ambient.
416
solidThinking User Manual
Glossary
Local coordinate system
A coordinate system that is applicable to a single object having
its own center as origin. Also known as the Object coordinate
system.
Material
The information which determines how an object will appear
when rendered. In shaded rendering modes the appearance is
derived from four shaders that determine the color,
transparency, illumination model and surface displacement of
the object.
NURBS (Non-uniform Rational B-Spline)
A curve definition method that uses specific B-Splines with
weighted control points. NURBS offer the greatest flexibility
and precision.
Pixel
Short for ‘picture element’. Images are composed of arrays of
pixels. Each pixel has a value which depends on the image
format or display capability. Each pixel in a monochrome image
has only an ‘on’ or ‘off’ state. Pixel values for color images are
represented by RGB (red, green, blue) triples.
Phong shading
This technique enables smooth shading of curved surfaces and
is able to render precise and realistic specular highlights by
using three main characteristics: diffusion, specularity, and
shininess. It was originated by Phong Bui-tuong.
solidThinking User Manual
417
Glossary
Radiosity
A lighting simulation technique which works by calculating the
transfer of radiation (light energy) from one surface to another.
By performing this calculation repeatedly, for every pair of
surfaces in the scene, the distribution of the light energy through
the scene is modeled. This technique, unlike other global
illumination models, such as ray tracing, accurately models the
effect of diffuse inter-reflections in the scene—however it does
not model specular reflections very well, and should so be seen
as complementing means such as ray tracing, rather than
replacing them.
Ray Tracing
A rendering technique in which the colors are computed by
tracing imaginary rays of light through an environment. Ray
tracing can be used to produce photo-realistic rendering effects,
such as mirror reflections and refractions.
Reflectance shader
One of the four component shaders that contribute towards a
material. A reflectance shader models the interaction of light
with a surface and, in particular, how much light is reflected
towards the viewer. A reflectance shader can be thought of as
defining the ‘finish’ of surface.
Refraction
The change in direction of light as it crosses the boundary
between two transmitting media.
Rendering
The complete process of producing an image from a model. This
comprises two major stages: visibility determination and
shading.
418
solidThinking User Manual
Glossary
Resolution
The number of pixels in the horizontal and vertical dimensions
of a display.
Scan-line rendering
Rendering which employs a scan-line algorithm. Scan-line
algorithms operate by scanning each row of pixels in sequence
to determine the visible surface and pixel value. Scan-line
rendering can produce images more efficiently than ray tracing
methods.
Shader
A shader or shader function can loosely be defined as a generic
C-code function that calculates some aspect of the rendering
environment such as a pixel’s background color or the effect of
a surface’s transparency on the color of a pixel. Each shader has
the notion of a named list of arguments or parameters.
Shaders are categorized into several different shader Classes.
Shadow
That part of an object or region of space not directly illuminated
by a particular light source. The shaded rendering methods, flat,
gouraud and phong do not support shadows.
Shadow map
A depth-buffered image computed from the view point of a light
source to support the rendering of shadows on object surfaces.
Shadow maps can be computed once by an application and
reused for any set of viewing parameters until the position of a
light or an object’s geometry changes. As for other rendered
images, shadow maps can be computed to an application
specified image resolution.
solidThinking User Manual
419
Glossary
Surface
A parametric shape having U and V dimensions in space. Any
point on a surface can be identified by specifying U and V
values.
Tessellate
To divide a curve or a surface into geometric forms for
simplified processing and rendering. NURBS curves and
surfaces are curved in a continuous manner, while computer
display better deals with straight lines and flat polygons. For this
reason, NURBS curves and surfaces are tessellated into
polylines and polygons at redrawing time.
Texture
A material that renders an object as if it were carved out of a
single piece of one material. Solid textures calculate shading
values for points on the surface of objects as a function of their
three-dimensional coordinate system. This is in contrast to the
use of parametric coordinates by wrapped textures, which
operate within a two-dimensional coordinate system known as
texture space.
Texture mapping
A technique for rendering fine surface details on an object
without explicitly modeling the geometry. In texture mapping, a
two-dimensional image, known as a texture map is projected
onto the surface of an object. A texture map may be either a
procedurally defined function or an image, typically scanned or
pre-computed.
Texture space
A two dimensional coordinate system used to map a wrapped
texture onto the surface of a primitive.
420
solidThinking User Manual
Glossary
Texture Space shader
Texture space shaders differ from other classes of shaders in that
they do not affect the final intensity of a pixel directly. Rather,
they have an indirect effect by defining the texture space that
may be used by other shaders.
Transformations
Operations that move, re-orient, or resize items in a 3D scene.
Transparency shader A transparency shader defines the
transparency of a surface and thus how much light can pass
through it. A transparency shader deals with two separate
phenomena: filters and stencils. Respectively, these define the
color and presence of light passing through the surface.
Vertex
The location at which faces or edges of a polygon intersect.
Wireframe
An image made up of the edges of objects and drawn as lines.
Wireframe models can be drawn much more quickly than
surface models. The disadvantage is that in a complex 3D
model, it may be difficult for a viewer to make visual sense of
the drawing.
World coordinate system
A mathematical system of axes in which any point in the 3D
scene is identifiable by one coordinate in the X direction, one in
the Y direction, and one in the Z direction in relation to a world
origin. Also known as the XYZ coordinate system or Cartesian
coordinate system.
solidThinking User Manual
421
Glossary
422
solidThinking User Manual
Shortcuts for Mac
Shortcuts for Macintosh
General
Apple + Mouse Button
Scroll of Modeling, Materials and Models toolbar
Apple + Enter
Skip all console prompts
Esc
Abort a modeling tool previously activated
Apple + Spacebar
Recall last modeling tool activated
Ctrl
Hold down while picking for multiple selections of
objects/points
Shift
Hold down while picking to choose a range of points from the
currently selected to the clicked point
Alt
Hold down while picking to select an entity (and not the whole
object)
Hold down while picking to force selection of another object
when in Edit mode
solidThinking User Manual
423
Transformations
E
Elevation mode
T
Translate
R
Rotate
S
Scale
X
Constrain on the X axis
Y
Constrain on the Y axis
Z
Constrain on the Z axis
File
Apple + N
New
Apple + O
Open
Apple + M
Merge
Apple + S
Save
424
solidThinking User Manual
Shortcuts for Mac
F12
Save as
Shift + F12
Save selected
Apple + F12
Save as model
Apple + Q
Exit
Edit
Apple + Z
Undo
Apple + A
Redo
Apple + X
Cut
Apple + C
Copy
Apple + V
Paste
Alt + Backspace
Delete
C
Collapse Construction tree
U
Uncombine entities
solidThinking User Manual
425
Apple + Alt + Backspace
Prune
Spacebar
Toggle Object mode / Edit mode
Alt + Spacebar
Toggle Edit object’s points / Edit Modeling Tools parameters
Apple + Shift + G
Grid setup
Selection
Apple + G
Group
Apple + U
Ungroup
View
V
Enlarge the active view to fill all the space inside the main
window
Apple + Mouse Button
Click and drag to pan while holding down the Apple key in
Orthographic views
Click and drag to orbit while holding down the Apple key in
Perspective view
426
solidThinking User Manual
Shortcuts for Mac
Apple + Ctrl +Mouse Button
Click and drag while holding down Apple and Ctrl key to pan
in any view
Apple + Shift + Mouse Button
Click and drag while holding down Apple and Shift key to
dolly in any view
Apple + Alt + Mouse Button
Click and drag while holding down Apple and Alt key to
perform area zoom in any view
Apple + L
Layouts
Apple + Shift + D
Detail
Apple + Shift + C
Curvature Display
Managers
Apple + 1
Browser
Apple + 2
Modeling Tool
Apple + 3
Shading
Alt + 1
Application toolbar
Alt + 2
Snaps toolbar
solidThinking User Manual
427
Alt + 3
Modeling toolbar
Alt + 4
Materials toolbar
Alt + 5
Models toolbar
Render
Apple + R
Render current view
Alt + Shift + R
Render selected objects
Apple + Shift + R
Options
Apple + Alt + R
Browse renderings
428
solidThinking User Manual
Shortcuts for Win
Shortcuts for Windows
General
Ctrl + Enter
Skip all console prompts
Esc
Abort a modeling tool previously activated
Ins
Recall last modeling tool activated - this tool can also be
performed using Ctrl + Spacebar
Ctrl
Hold down while picking for multiple selections of
objects/points
Shift
Hold down while picking to choose a range of points from the
currently selected to the clicked point
Alt
Hold down while picking to select an entity (and not the whole
object)
Hold down while picking to force selection of another object
when in Edit mode
solidThinking User Manual
429
Transformations
E
Elevation mode
T
Translate
R
Rotate
S
Scale
X
Constrain on the X axis
Y
Constrain on the Y axis
Z
Constrain on the Z axis
File
Ctrl + N
New
Ctrl + O
Open
Ctrl + M
Merge
Ctrl + S
Save
430
solidThinking User Manual
Shortcuts for Win
F12
Save as
Shift + F12
Save selected
Ctrl + F12
Save as model
Alt + F4
Exit
Edit
Ctrl + Z
Undo
Ctrl + A
Redo
Ctrl + X
Cut
Ctrl + C
Copy
Ctrl + V
Paste
Del
Delete
C
Collapse Construction tree
U
Uncombine entities
solidThinking User Manual
431
Ctrl + Del
Prune
Spacebar
Toggle Object mode / Edit mode
Alt + Spacebar
Toggle Edit object’s points / Edit Modeling Tools parameters
Ctrl + Shift + G
Grid setup
Selection
Ctrl + G
Group
Ctrl + U
Ungroup
View
V
Enlarge the active view to fill all the space inside the main
window
Right Mouse Button
Click and drag to pan in Orthographic views
Click and drag to orbit in Perspective view
Ctrl + Right Mouse Button
Click and drag while holding down the Ctrl key to pan in any
view
432
solidThinking User Manual
Shortcuts for Win
Shift + Right Mouse Button
Click and drag while holding down the Shift key to dolly in any
view
Alt + Right Mouse Button
Click and drag while holding down the Alt key to perform area
zoom in any view
Ctrl + L
Layouts
Ctrl + Shift + D
Detail
Ctrl + Shift + C
Curvature Display
Managers
Ctrl + 1
Browser
Ctrl + 2
Modeling Tool
Ctrl + 3
Shading
Alt + 1
Application toolbar
Alt + 2
Snaps toolbar
Alt + 3
Modeling toolbar
solidThinking User Manual
433
Alt + 4
Materials toolbar
Alt + 5
Models toolbar
Render
Ctrl + R
Render current view
Alt + Shift + R
Render selected objects
Ctrl + Shift + R
Options
Ctrl + Alt + R
Browse renderings
434
solidThinking User Manual